Buick - Encore - Owners Manual - 2021 - 2021

21_BUI_Encore_COV_en_US_84709979B_2020SEPT3.pdf 1 8/7/2020 4:20:24 PM C M Y CM MY CY CMY K Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Contents not be available in your region, or changes subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. Introduction Refer to the purchase documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm the features. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference. Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs appearing in this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, the BUICK Emblem, and ENCORE are trademarks and/or service marks of General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Canadian Vehicle Owners A French language manual can be obtained from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, or from: Propriétaires Canadiens For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name “General Motors of Canada Company” for Buick Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à l'adresse suivante: Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, MI 48170 USA This manual describes features that may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that was not purchased on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84709979 B Second Printing © 2020 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 2 Introduction Using this Manual { Warning To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found. Warning indicates a hazard that could result in injury or death. About Driving the Vehicle Caution indicates a hazard that could result in property or vehicle damage. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or a crash. Be sure to read the driving guidelines in this manual in the section called “Driving and Operating” and specifically Driver Behavior 0 164, Driving Environment 0 164, and Vehicle Design 0 164. Danger, Warning, and Caution Warning messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce them. { Danger Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Caution A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means “Do not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text. Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component, control, message, gauge, or indicator. M : Shown when the owner’s manual has additional instructions or information. * : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions or information. 0 : Shown when there is more information on another page — “see page.” Vehicle Symbol Chart Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. See the features in this manual for information. u : Air Conditioning System G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil 9 : Airbag Readiness Light ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) $ : Brake System Warning Light 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water B : Engine Coolant Temperature _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited H : Flammable Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Introduction [ : Forward Collision Alert R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location + : Fuses j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly Installed | : Lane Change Alert @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert I : Registered Technician / : Remote Vehicle Start > : Seat Belt Reminders I : Side Blind Zone Alert h : Stop/Start 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) a : Under Pressure V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator 3 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Introduction 1. Air Vents 0 161. 2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Lane-Change Signals 0 99. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 97. 3. Instrument Cluster 0 76. 4. Driver Information Center (DIC) Display. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 86. 5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 72. Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 73. 6. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp System 0 98. 7. Infotainment Controls. See Overview (8 Inch Screen) 0 105 or Overview (7 Inch Screen) 0 138. 8. Climate Control Systems 0 159. 9. Instrument Panel Storage 0 67. 10. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 0 181. 11. Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 185. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 99. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator. See Passenger Sensing System 0 44. 12. Park Assist 0 191 (If Equipped). 13. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 195 (If Equipped). 14. Engine START/STOP button. See Ignition Positions 0 174. 15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 72. 16. Horn 0 72. 17. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 71. 18. Cruise Control 0 186. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 192 (If Equipped). 19. Hood Release. See Hood 0 203. 20. Instrument Panel Storage 0 67. 21. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). 22. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 97. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 100. 5 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 6 Keys, Doors, and Windows Keys, Doors, and Windows Interior Mirrors Keys and Locks Windows Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 7 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Doors Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 20 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Roof Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Keys and Locks Keys { Warning Leaving children in a vehicle with a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and children or others could be seriously injured or killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls or make the vehicle move. The windows will function with the RKE transmitter in the vehicle, and children or others could be caught in the path of a closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle with an RKE transmitter. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Keys, Doors, and Windows To remove the key, press the button on the back of the transmitter, and pull the key out. Never pull the key out without pressing the button. See your dealer if a new key is needed. If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Assistance Program 0 285. With an active OnStar or connected service plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 294. The key that is part of the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can be used for all locks. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later in this section. The RKE transmitter may work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. Other conditions can impact the performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 7. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System See Radio Frequency Statement 0 290. If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) operating range: . Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle. . Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. . Check the transmitter's battery. See “Battery Replacement” later in this section. . If the transmitter is still not working correctly, see your dealer or a qualified technician for service. 7 With Remote Start Shown Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 8 Keys, Doors, and Windows The following may be available: Q : Press to lock all doors and the fuel door, if equipped. The turn signal indicators may flash and/or the horn may sound on the second press to indicate locking. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. If the driver door is open when Q is pressed and Open Door Anti-Lockout is enabled, all doors will lock and then the driver door will immediately unlock. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. If the passenger door is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock. The turn signal indicators will flash to indicate unlocking. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Pressing K will disarm the theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 18. 7 : Press and release one time to initiate vehicle locator. The exterior lamps flash and the horn chirps three times. Press and hold 7 for at least three seconds to sound the panic alarm. The horn sounds and the turn signals flash for 30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed again or the vehicle is started. / : If equipped, press Q and then press and hold / for at least four seconds to Pressing Q may also arm the theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 18. start the engine from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13. K : Press to unlock the driver door and the Keyless Access Operation fuel door, if equipped. Press again within five seconds to unlock all doors. The RKE transmitter can be programmed to unlock all doors on the first button press. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. The Keyless Access system lets you lock and unlock the doors and access the liftgate without removing the RKE transmitter from your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door being opened. There is a button on each door handle. Keyless Access can be programmed to unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock press from the driver door. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door When the doors are locked and the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on the driver door handle will unlock the driver door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed again within five seconds, all passenger doors will unlock. Pull the door handle to unlatch the door. Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur: . It has been more than five seconds since the first lock/unlock button press. . The lock/unlock button presses were used to unlock all doors. . Any vehicle door has opened and all doors are now closed. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Passenger Doors When the doors are locked and the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the passenger door handle, pressing the lock/ unlock button on the passenger door handle will unlock all doors. Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur: . The lock/unlock button was used to unlock all doors. . Any vehicle door has opened and all doors are now closed. 9 Passive Locking Remote Left In Vehicle Alert The vehicle will lock several seconds after all doors are closed if the vehicle is off and at least one transmitter has been removed or none remain in the vehicle. When the vehicle is turned off and an RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle, the horn will chirp three times after all doors are closed. The fuel door will also lock, if equipped. To turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. If other electronic devices interfere with the RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. If passive locking is enabled, the doors may lock with the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in an unattended vehicle. To customize the doors to automatically lock when exiting the vehicle, see Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Temporary Disable of Passive Locking Temporarily disable passive locking by pressing and holding K on the interior door switch with a door open for several seconds, or until three chimes are heard. Passive locking will then remain disabled until Q on the interior door is pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert If the vehicle is on with a door open and then all doors are closed, the vehicle will check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter is not detected, the Driver Information Center (DIC) will display NO REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp three times. This occurs only once each time the vehicle is driven. To turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Keyless Liftgate Opening When the doors are locked, press the touch pad on the rear of the liftgate above the license plate to open the liftgate if the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 10 Keys, Doors, and Windows Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. The vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or stolen transmitters no longer work. Any remaining transmitters will need to be reprogrammed. Each vehicle can have up to eight transmitters matched to it. Programming with Recognized Transmitters A new transmitter can be programmed to the vehicle when there are two recognized transmitters. To program, the vehicle must be off and all of the transmitters, both currently recognized and new, must be with you. 1. Remove the key from the RKE transmitter. 2. Place the two recognized transmitters in the center console front cupholder. 3. Insert the vehicle key of the new transmitter into the key lock cylinder on the outside of the driver door and turn the key to the unlock position five times within 10 seconds. The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5. 4. Remove the two recognized transmitters from the cupholder. 5. Place the new transmitter in the cupholder 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the transmitter is learned, the DIC will show that it is ready to program the next transmitter. 7. Remove the transmitter from the cupholder and press K. To program additional transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. When all additional transmitters are programmed, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for 10 seconds to exit programming mode. Programming without Recognized Transmitters If two currently recognized transmitters are not available, follow this procedure to program up to eight transmitters. This feature is not available in Canada. This procedure will take approximately 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle must be off and all of the transmitters to be programmed must be with you. 1. Remove the key from the RKE transmitter. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Keys, Doors, and Windows 2. Insert the vehicle key of the transmitter into the key lock cylinder on the outside of the driver door and turn the key to the unlock position five times within 10 seconds. The DIC displays REMOTE LEARN PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC displays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TO LEARN and then press ENGINE START/STOP. The DIC will again show REMOTE LEARN PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. 4. Repeat Step 2 two additional times. After the third time, all previously known transmitters will no longer work with the vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be relearned during the next steps. The DIC display should now show READY FOR REMOTE # 1. 11 Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery Note that, for improved vehicle security, the RKE transmitter is equipped with a motion sensor. When starting the vehicle, if the RKE transmitter has been idle for a while, move the RKE transmitter slightly and try starting the vehicle. 5. Place the new transmitter in the front cupholder. 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the transmitter is learned, the DIC will show that it is ready to program the next transmitter. 7. Return the key back into the transmitter. 8. Remove the transmitter from the cupholder and press K. To program additional transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. When all additional transmitters are programmed, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for 10 seconds to exit programming mode. When starting the vehicle, if the RKE transmitter battery is depleted or there is signal interference, the DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED, REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY, or NO REMOTE DETECTED PLACE KEY IN KEY POCKET THEN START YOUR VEHICLE. If any of these messages appear on the DIC, follow the steps below. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 12 Keys, Doors, and Windows To start the vehicle: Battery Replacement { Warning Never allow children to play with the RKE transmitter. The transmitter contains a small battery, which can be a choking hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Seek medical attention immediately if a battery is swallowed. { Warning 1. Place the transmitter in the center console front cupholder with the buttons facing the front of the vehicle. 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral), press the brake pedal and ENGINE START/STOP. Replace the transmitter battery as soon as possible. To avoid personal injury, do not touch metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter when it has been exposed to extreme heat. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F). Caution When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter. Caution Always replace the battery with the correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid exposing the battery to environments with extremely low air pressures or high temperatures. Replace the battery if the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message displays in the DIC. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Keys, Doors, and Windows The battery is not rechargeable. To replace the battery: 13 3. Remove the battery by pushing on the battery and sliding it toward the bottom of the transmitter. 4. Insert the new battery, positive side facing the back cover. Push the battery down until it is held in place. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. 5. Snap the battery cover back on to the transmitter. 6. Reinsert the key. Remote Vehicle Start 1. Press the button on the back of the RKE transmitter and pull the key out. Never pull the key out without pressing the button. 2. Separate the two halves of the transmitter using a flat tool inserted into the area near the key slot. The vehicle may have this feature that allows you to start the engine from outside the vehicle. / : This button will be on the RKE transmitter if the vehicle has remote start. The climate control system will use the previous settings during a remote start. Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote starters. For example, some laws require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view. Check local regulations for any requirements. Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low on fuel as it may run out of fuel. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 14 Keys, Doors, and Windows Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 7. Starting the Vehicle To start the engine using the remote start feature: 1. Press and release Q. 2. Immediately after completing Step 1, press and hold / for at least four seconds or until the turn signal lamps flash. The turn signal lamps flashing confirms the request to remote start the vehicle has been received. When the engine starts, the parking lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on. The engine will continue to run for 15 minutes. After 30 seconds, repeat the steps if a 15-minute extension is desired. Remote start can be extended only once. Press ENGINE START/STOP and the brake with the RKE Transmitter in the vehicle to drive. Extending Engine Run Time The engine run time can also be extended by another 15 minutes, if during the first 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while the engine is still running. An extension can be requested 30 seconds after starting. This provides a total of 30 minutes. The remote start can only be extended once. When the remote start is extended, the second 15-minute period is added on to the first 15 minutes for a total of 30 minutes. A maximum of two remote starts, or a remote start with an extension, are allowed between ignition cycles. The ignition must be turned on and then off before the remote start procedure can be used again. Canceling a Remote Start To cancel a remote start, do one of the following: . Press and hold / until the parking lamps turn off. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. Conditions in Which Remote Start Will Not Work The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if: . A transmitter is in the vehicle. . The vehicle is on. . The hood is not closed. . The hazard warning flashers are on. . The malfunction indicator lamp is on. . The engine coolant temperature is too high. . The oil pressure is low. . Two remote vehicle starts, or a single remote start with an extension, have already been used. . The vehicle is not in P (Park). Door Locks { Warning Unlocked doors can be dangerous. . Passengers, especially children, can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. The doors can be unlocked and opened while the vehicle is moving. The chance of being thrown (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Warning (Continued) out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear seat belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven. . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it. . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors can help prevent this from happening. To lock or unlock the doors from the outside: . Press K or Q on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. . Use the key in the driver door. To lock or unlock the doors from inside the vehicle: . Press K or Q on the power door lock switch. . Pulling an interior door handle will unlock the door. Pulling the door handle again unlatches it. 15 Power Door Locks Keyless Access The RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door being opened. Press the button on the door handle to open. See “Keyless Access Operation” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. Free-Turning Locks The door key lock cylinder turns freely when either the wrong key is used, or the correct key is not fully inserted. The free-turning door lock feature prevents the lock from being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it to the vertical position with the correct key fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it again. If this does not reset the lock, turn the key halfway around in the cylinder and repeat the reset procedure. K : Press to unlock the doors. Q : Press to lock the doors. Delayed Locking This feature delays the locking of the doors until five seconds after all doors are closed. Delayed locking can only be turned on when the Open Door Anti-Lockout has been turned off. When Q is pressed on the power door lock switch while the door is open, a chime will sound three times indicating delayed locking is active. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 16 Keys, Doors, and Windows The doors will lock automatically five seconds after all doors are closed. If a door is reopened before that time, the five-second timer will reset when all doors are closed again. Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. Automatic door unlocking can be programmed. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Press Q on the door lock switch again or press Q on the RKE transmitter to lock the doors immediately. Lockout Protection This feature can also be programmed. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Automatic Door Locks The doors will lock automatically when all doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). If the vehicle is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power door lock switch is pressed with the driver door open, all the doors will lock and only the driver door will unlock. Safety Locks The rear door safety locks prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle. Manual Safety Locks If the vehicle is off and locking is requested while a door is open, when all doors are closed the vehicle will check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter is detected and the number of RKE transmitters inside has not reduced, the driver door will unlock and the horn will chirp three times. If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then opened and closed, the doors will lock either when your foot is removed from the brake or the vehicle speed becomes faster than 13 km/h (8 mph). Lockout Protection can be manually overridden with the driver door open by pressing and holding Q on the power door lock switch. To unlock the doors: Open Door Anti-Lockout . Press K on the power door lock switch. . Shift the transmission into P (Park). unlocked. The Open Door Anti-Lockout feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. If Open Door Anti-Lockout has been turned on and the vehicle is off, the driver door is open, and locking is requested, all the doors will lock and the driver door will remain If equipped, the safety lock is located on the inside edge of the rear doors. To use the safety lock: 1. Insert the key into the safety lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the horizontal position. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Keys, Doors, and Windows 2. Close the door. 3. Do the same for the other rear door. To open a rear door when the safety lock is on: 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside handle, by using the power door lock switch, or by using the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. 2. Open the door from the outside. To cancel the safety lock: 1. Unlock the door and open it from the outside. 2. Insert the key into the safety lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the vertical position. Do the same for the other door. Doors Liftgate { Warning Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate, hatch/trunk open, or with any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine (Continued) Warning (Continued) exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or hatch/trunk open: 17 To open the liftgate, press K on the power door lock switch or press K on the RKE transmitter to unlock all doors. See Power Door Locks 0 15 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. . Close all of the windows. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See “Climate Control Systems” in the Index. . If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate, disable the power liftgate function. For more information about carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 180. Caution To avoid damage to the liftgate or liftgate glass, make sure the area above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it. Press the touch pad below the license plate and lift up. The liftgate may also be opened while the vehicle is locked by pressing the touch pad while the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle. To close the liftgate, push from the center to ensure that it fully latches. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 18 Keys, Doors, and Windows Vehicle Security Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; however, they do not make the vehicle impossible to steal. Arming the Alarm System Vehicle Alarm System If equipped with an anti-theft alarm system, the indicator light, on the instrument panel near the windshield, shows the status of the system. 1. Turn off the vehicle. 2. Lock the vehicle in one of two ways: . Use the RKE transmitter. . With a door open, press Q on the interior of the door. 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will arm, and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash indicating the alarm system is operating. Pressing Q on the RKE transmitter a second time will bypass the 30-second delay and immediately arm the alarm system. The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the doors are locked with the key. Off : Alarm system is disarmed. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the delay to arm the system. Fast Flast : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, the liftgate, or the hood is open. If any door or the hood is opened without first unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, or the door is not unlocked by pressing K on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. The alarm will also be activated if any door or the the hood is opened without first disarming the system. When the alarm is activated, the turn signals flash and the horn sounds for about 30 seconds. The alarm system will then re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized event. Disarming the Alarm System To disarm the alarm system or turn off the alarm if it has been activated: . Press K on the RKE transmitter. . Start the vehicle. Avoid setting off the alarm by accident: . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have exited and all doors are closed. . Always unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Unlocking the driver door with the key will not disarm the system or turn off the alarm. How to Detect a Tamper Condition If K is pressed and the horn chirps and the lights flash three times, an attempted break-in has occurred while the system was armed. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Immobilizer See Radio Frequency Statement 0 290. Immobilizer Operation This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent system. The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed. The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the transmitter leaves the vehicle. The immobilization system is disarmed when ENGINE START/STOP is pressed and a valid transmitter is found in the vehicle. The security light in the instrument cluster comes on when there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. The system has one or more transmitters matched to an immobilizer control unit in your vehicle. Only a correctly matched transmitter will start the vehicle. If the transmitter is ever damaged, you may not be able to start your vehicle. When trying to start the vehicle, the security light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on. If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the vehicle off and try again. If the vehicle will not change ignition modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the RKE transmitter appears to be undamaged, try another transmitter. Or, you may try placing the transmitter in the front cupholder. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. If the engine does not start with the other transmitter or when the transmitter is in the pocket in the front cupholder, the vehicle needs service. See your dealer who can service the theft-deterrent system and have a new transmitter programmed to the vehicle. Do not leave the transmitter or device that disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. 19 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors { Warning A convex mirror can make things, like other vehicles, look farther away than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you could hit a vehicle on the right. Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror Manual Folding Mirrors If equipped with a manual rearview mirror, push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use to avoid glare from the headlamps from behind. These mirrors can be folded inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position. Heated Mirrors 1 : Press to heat the mirrors. If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the glare of headlamps from behind. The dimming feature comes on when the vehicle is started. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate Control Systems 0 159. Windows This vehicle has heated mirrors: To adjust the mirrors: 1. Turn the selector switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to choose the driver or passenger mirror. 2. Move the control to adjust the mirror. 3. Turn the selector switch to deselect the mirror. 9 to Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind your vehicle. If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle may have three control buttons at the bottom of the mirror. See OnStar Overview 0 294. To avoid accidental OnStar calls, clean the mirror with the ignition off. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. { Warning Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Warning (Continued) 21 Window Lockout rear seat, use the window lockout switch to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 6. The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Power Windows { Warning Children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Never leave the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the (Continued) Power windows work when the ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 178. Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window. The windows may be temporarily disabled if they are used repeatedly within a short time. This feature stops the rear passenger windows from working. . Press Z to engage the rear window lockout feature. The indicator light is on when engaged. . Press Z again to disengage. Window Express Movement All windows can be opened without holding the window switch. Press the switch down fully and quickly release to express open the window. If equipped, pull the window switch up fully and quickly release to express close the window. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 22 Keys, Doors, and Windows Briefly press or pull the window switch in the same direction to stop that window’s express movement. Window Automatic Reversal System The express-close feature will reverse window movement if it comes in contact with an object. Extreme cold or ice could cause the window to auto-reverse. The window will operate normally after the object or condition is removed. Automatic Reversal System Override { Warning If automatic reversal system override is active, the window will not reverse automatically. You or others could be injured and the window could be damaged. Before using automatic reversal system override, make sure that all people and obstructions are clear of the window path. When the engine is on, override the automatic reversal system by pulling and holding the window switch if conditions prevent it from closing. Programming the Power Windows Programming may be necessary if the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged. If the window is unable to express-up, program each express-close window: 1. Close all doors. 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ ACCESSORY. 3. Partially open the window to be programmed. Then close it and continue to pull the switch briefly after the window has fully closed. 4. Open the window and continue to press the switch briefly after the window has fully opened. Pull the sun visor down to block glare. If equipped, detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window or to extend along the rod. If equipped, there is a lighted mirror on the sun visor. Lift the cover to open. Roof Sunroof Sun Visors If equipped, the sunroof only operates when the ignition is on or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 178. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Slide Switch Express-Open/Express-Close : Press and release D (1) at the second detent to express-open the sunroof. Press and release g (1) at the second detent to express-close the sunroof. Press the switch again to stop the movement. If an object is in the path while express closing, the reversal system will detect object, stop, and open the sunroof slightly. If frost or other conditions prevent closing, override the feature by closing the sunroof in manual mode. To stop movement, release the switch. Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Press and hold D (1) at the first detent to open the sunroof. Press and hold g (1) at the first detent to close the sunroof. Release the switch to stop the movement. Tilt Switch Vent : Press and hold E (2) to vent the sunroof. Press and hold g (2) to close the sunroof vent. The sunshade opens automatically with the sunroof, but must be manually closed. The sunroof will not operate if the vehicle has an electrical failure. Automatic Reversal System The sunroof has an automatic reversal system that is only active when the sunroof is operated in express-close mode. Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation or noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof. 23 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 24 Seats and Restraints Seats and Restraints Head Restraints Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Front Seats Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Rear Seats Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Seat Belts Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 33 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 37 Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Airbag System Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 41 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 42 How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . 42 What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Child Restraints Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Head Restraints { Warning With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Front Seats The front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant's head. This position reduces the chances of a neck injury in a crash. The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable. Rear Seats The rear seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that can be lowered for better visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied. 25 it rearward until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see “Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 54. Front Seats Seat Adjustment { Warning The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. When an occupant is in the seat, always return the head restraint to the upright position. Pull the head restraint up and push Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 26 Seats and Restraints Lumbar Adjustment To adjust a manual seat: 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the handle. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place. Power Seat Adjustment { Warning The power seats will work with the ignition off. Children could operate the power seats and be injured. Never leave children alone in the vehicle. To adjust a power seat: . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. . Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down. . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the rear of the control up or down. To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks 0 26. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 26. If available, press the front or rear of the switch to increase or decrease lumbar support. Release the switch when the desired level of support is reached. Reclining Seatbacks { Warning If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. { Warning Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job. Manual Seat Shown, Power Seat Similar To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the lever. If necessary, move the seat belt out of the way to access the lever. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to an upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback returns to the upright position. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the seat belt properly. Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving. Front Seat Armrest 27 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 28 Seats and Restraints There is an armrest on the inboard side of the driver seat. To raise or lower the armrest, push up or pull down on the armrest. Folding Seatback To fold the seatback: 1. Lower the head restraint all the way. See Head Restraints 0 24. 2. Move the seat as far back as possible. See Seat Adjustment 0 25. The front passenger seatback folds flat. { Warning If you fold the seatback forward to carry longer objects, such as skis, be sure any such cargo is not near an airbag. In a crash, an inflating airbag might force that object toward a person. This could cause severe injury or even death. Secure objects away from the area in which an airbag would inflate. For more information, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 40 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. { Warning Things you put on this seatback can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Remove or secure all items before driving. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place. { Warning If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Rear Seats Rear Seat Reminder 3. Lift the lever fully and fold the seatback forward. If necessary, move the seat belt out of the way to access the lever. 4. Continue lowering the seatback until it is completely folded and locks in place. To raise the seatback: 1. Lift the lever fully to unlock the seatback. Then, raise the seatback and push it rearward until it re-engages. If equipped, the message REAR SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays under certain conditions indicating there may be an item or passenger in the rear seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. This feature will activate when a second row door is opened while the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned on. There will be an alert when the vehicle is turned off. The alert does not directly detect objects in the rear seat; instead, under certain conditions, it detects when a rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints The feature is active only once each time the vehicle is turned on and off, and will require reactivation by opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the vehicle through the rear door and left the vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. The feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Folding the Seatback Either side of the seatback can be folded down for more cargo space. Fold a seatback only when the vehicle is not moving. Caution Folding a rear seat with the seat belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle the seat belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. 29 Caution Folding the rear seatback prior to tilting the seat cushion forward may damage the rear seat. Always tilt the rear seat cushion forward before folding the seatback. To fold a seatback down: 1. Make sure the floor area in front of the rear seats is clear. 2. Fully lower the head restraint. See Head Restraints 0 24. 3. Slide the front seats forward and place the front seatbacks in the upright position. See Seat Adjustment 0 25 and Reclining Seatbacks 0 26. 4. Pull the strap on the front edge of the rear seat cushion to release the cushion. Tilt the seat cushion forward toward the front of the vehicle. The seat cushion must be tilted forward before the seatback is folded down. Otherwise, the seatback will not fold down properly. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 30 Seats and Restraints { Warning Do not allow the seat belt webbing to become caught under the retainer hook trim, as this may cause the seat belt to not be worn properly. Rear Seat with Retainer Hook on the Seatback 7. Fold the seatback forward and down. 5. Make sure the seat belt is in the retainer hook on top of the seatback, if equipped. 6. Reach under the belt and pull the lever on top of the seatback to unlock the seatback. A tab near the seatback lever raises when the seatback is unlocked. Seat Belt Clip on Side Trim Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints 8. Place the outboard seat belt in the seat belt clip (if equipped) on the side trim of the vehicle. 9. Repeat Steps 1–8 for the other seatback and seat cushion, if desired. To return the rear seatback to the normal seating position: Raising the Seatback { Warning If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Seat Belt Clip on Side Trim { Warning A seat belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the seat belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. 1. Remove the outboard seat belt from the seat belt clip (if equipped) on the side trim of the vehicle. 2. Lift the seatback and push it rearward to lock it in place. A tab near the seatback lever retracts when the seatback is locked in place. Make sure the seat belts are not pinched by the seatback locking mechanism. 31 The center rear seat belt may lock when you raise the seatback. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the seat belt is still locked, try again after pulling the seat cushion out. 3. Push and pull the top of the seatback to be sure it is locked into position. 4. Return the seat cushion to its original position and push down on the front part of the seat cushion until it latches. Make sure the seat belts and seat belt buckles are not trapped under the seat cushion and are properly positioned for use. 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other seatback and seat cushion, if necessary. If additional cargo space is not needed, the seatbacks should be kept in the upright, locked position. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 32 Seats and Restraints Rear Seat Armrest { Warning Why Seat Belts Work Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing seat belts, injuries can be much worse than if you are wearing seat belts. You can be seriously injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle. The rear seat has an armrest in the center of the seatback. Lower the armrest to access the cupholders. To fold, lift the armrest up and push it rearward until it is flush with the seatback. Seat Belts This section describes how to use seat belts properly, and some things not to do. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts. Always wear a seat belt, and check that all passenger(s) are restrained properly too. This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 79. When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops suddenly, you keep going until something stops you. It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the seat belts! When you wear a seat belt, you and the vehicle slow down together. There is more time to stop because you stop over a longer distance and, when worn properly, your strongest bones take the forces from the seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts makes such good sense. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints Questions and Answers About Seat Belts Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a seat belt? A: You could be — whether you are wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance of being conscious during and after a crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have to wear seat belts? Infants and Young Children 0 50. Review and follow the rules for children in addition to the following rules. It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing seat belts. There are important things to know about wearing a seat belt properly. strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. { Warning A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. They work with seat belts — not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection. Also, in nearly all states and in all Canadian provinces, the law requires wearing seat belts. You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly Follow these rules for everyone's protection. . Sit up straight and always keep your feet There are additional things to know about seat belts and children, including smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 48 or . Always use the correct buckle for your on the floor in front of you (if possible). seating position. . Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the 33 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 34 Seats and Restraints Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to become loose or twisted. Never wear the shoulder belt under both arms or behind your back. Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest. { Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces. Lap-Shoulder Belt Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 52. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. The rear center seat belt can only be withdrawn from the retractor if the seatback is in the upright locked position. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. 35 Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 37. Position the release button on the buckle so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on the shoulder belt. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 36 Seats and Restraints Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and front outboard passenger seating positions. Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 33. To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a seat belt, damage can occur to both the seat belt and the vehicle. To move the shoulder belt height adjuster down, push down on the release button and move the height adjuster to the desired position. You can move the height adjuster up by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide. After the adjuster is set to the desired position, try to move it down without pushing the release button to make sure it has locked into position. Seat Belt Pretensioners This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for the front outboard occupants. Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the seat belt assembly. They can help tighten the seat belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help tighten the seat belts in a side crash or a rollover event. Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, the pretensioners and probably other parts of the vehicle's seat belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash 0 38. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while entering or exiting the vehicle or at any time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the seat belt can damage the webbing and hardware. But if a seat belt is not long enough, your dealer will order you an extender. When you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child restraints. For more information on the proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender. Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide added seat belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head. Comfort guides are available through your dealer for the rear outboard seating positions. Instructions are included with the guides. Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy Seat belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear seat belts. 37 A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a seat belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making seat belts effective is wearing them properly. Seat Belt Extender If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around you, you should use it. Safety System Check Periodically check the seat belt reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), and seat belt anchorages to make sure they are all in working order. Look for any other loose or damaged seat belt system parts that might keep a seat belt system from performing properly. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted seat belts may not protect you in a crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, have it replaced immediately. If a belt is twisted, it may be possible to untwist by Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 38 Seats and Restraints reversing the latch plate on the webbing. If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your dealer to fix it. Make sure the seat belt reminder light is working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 79. Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt Care 0 38. Seat Belt Care Keep belts clean and dry. Seat belts should be properly cared for and maintained. Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in the system please see the dealer. Parts may need to be replaced to ensure proper functionality of the system. { Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to (Continued) Warning (Continued) provide adequate protection. Clean and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry. Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash { Warning A crash can damage the seat belt system in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt system may not properly protect the person using it, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the seat belt systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible. After a minor crash, replacement of seat belts may not be necessary. But the seat belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. See your dealer to have the seat belt assemblies inspected or replaced. New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the seat belt system was not being used at the time of the crash. Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or while you are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 79. Airbag System The vehicle has the following airbags: . A frontal airbag for the driver . A frontal airbag for the front outboard passenger . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the driver . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the front outboard passenger . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the front outboard passenger The vehicle may have the following airbags: . A knee airbag for the driver Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints . A knee airbag for the front outboard passenger . Seat-mounted side impact airbags for the second row outboard passengers All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on the trim or on a label near the deployment opening. For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the center of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the front outboard passenger. For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the lower part of the instrument panel. For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback or side of the seat closest to the door. For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by seat belts. Even though today's airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job. Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system: { Warning You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your seat belt, even with airbags. Airbags are designed to work with seat belts, not replace them. Also, airbags are not designed to inflate in every crash. In some crashes seat belts are the only restraint. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 41. Wearing your seat belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. Airbags are “supplemental restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a seat belt properly, whether or not there is an airbag for that person. { Warning Because airbags inflate with great force and faster than the blink of an eye, anyone who is up against, or very close (Continued) 39 Warning (Continued) to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you would be if sitting on the edge of the seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help keep you in position before and during a crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The seat belts and the front outboard passenger airbags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. { Warning Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 40 Seats and Restraints Warning (Continued) Where Are the Airbags? secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 48 or Infants and Young Children 0 50. There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 79 for more information. The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel. The driver knee airbag (if equipped) is below the steering column. The front outboard passenger knee airbag (if equipped) is below the glove box. The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel. Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints The seat-mounted side impact airbags for the driver and front outboard passenger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front outboard passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows. { Warning If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag. Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar On vehicles with second row seat-mounted side impact airbags, they are in the side of the seatback closest to the door. Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie‐down through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked. When Should an Airbag Inflate? This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See Airbag System 0 38. Airbags are designed to inflate if the impact exceeds the specific airbag system's deployment threshold. 41 Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants. The vehicle has electronic sensors that help the airbag system determine the severity of the impact. Deployment thresholds can vary with specific vehicle design. Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or front outboard passenger's head and chest. Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily on how fast the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what is hit, the direction of the impact, and how quickly the vehicle slows down. Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds depending on whether the vehicle hits an object straight on or at an angle, and whether the object is fixed or moving, rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, or in many side impacts. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 42 Seats and Restraints In addition, the vehicle has advanced technology frontal airbags. Advanced technology frontal airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity. In any particular crash, no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the vehicle damage or repair costs. Knee airbags (if equipped) are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal impacts. Knee airbags are not designed to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, or in many side impacts. What Makes an Airbag Inflate? Seat-mounted side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. Seat-mounted side impact airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag is designed to inflate on the side of the vehicle that is struck. Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. In addition, these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate during a rollover or in a severe frontal impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags will inflate when either side of the vehicle is struck, if the sensing system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, or in a severe frontal impact. In a deployment event, the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, and related hardware are all part of the airbag module. For airbag locations, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 40. How Does an Airbag Restrain? In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions, even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel. In moderate to severe side collisions, even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle. Airbags supplement the protection provided by seat belts by distributing the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant's body. Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are designed to help contain the head and chest of occupants in the outboard seating positions in the first and second rows. The rollover capable roof-rail airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of full or partial ejection in rollover events, although no system can prevent all such ejections. But airbags would not help in many types of collisions, primarily because the occupant's motion is not toward those airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 41. Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to seat belts. What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? After the frontal, knee (if equipped), and seat-mounted side impact airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they inflate. Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes. For location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 40. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle. { Warning When an airbag inflates, there may be dust in the air. This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so. If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get fresh air by opening a window or a door. If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment, you should seek medical attention. The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors, turn on the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, and shut off the fuel system after the airbags inflate. The feature may also activate, without airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds a predetermined threshold. After turning the ignition off and then on again, the fuel system will return to normal operation; the doors can be locked, the interior lamps can be turned off, and the hazard warning flashers can be turned off using the controls for those features. If any of these systems are damaged in the crash they may not operate as normal. { Warning A crash severe enough to inflate the airbags may have also damaged important functions in the vehicle, such as the fuel system, brake and steering systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears to be drivable after a moderate crash, there may be concealed damage that could make it difficult to safely operate the vehicle. Use caution if you should attempt to restart the engine after a crash has occurred. 43 In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag, windshields are broken by vehicle deformation. Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the front outboard passenger airbag. . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. After an airbag inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. If you do not get them, the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash. A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts. The service manual for the vehicle covers the need to replace other parts. . The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash. See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 0 292 and Event Data Recorders 0 292. . Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems. Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for service. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 44 Seats and Restraints Passenger Sensing System The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position. The passenger airbag status indicator will light on the instrument panel when the vehicle is started. United States The passenger sensing system turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped) under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system. The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front outboard passenger seat. The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped) should be allowed to inflate or not. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for their weight and size. Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position. Canada The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for on and off, will be visible during the system check. When the system check is complete, either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 80. Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag inflates. { Warning A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position. Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though the airbag(s) are off. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat, even if the airbag is off. If securing a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure child restraints in the rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to transport the child when a rear seat is not available. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped) if: . The front outboard passenger seat is unoccupied. . The system determines that an infant is present in a rear-facing infant seat. . The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint. . The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat. . A front outboard passenger takes his/her weight off of the seat for a period of time. . A front outboard passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person, such as a child who has outgrown child restraints. . There is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped), the OFF indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder that the airbags are off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 80. The passenger sensing system is designed to turn on the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped) anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front outboard passenger seat. When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbags to be enabled, the ON indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder that the airbags are active. For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped), depending upon the person's seating posture and body build. Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a seat belt properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. { Warning If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right (Continued) 45 Warning (Continued) away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 79 for more information, including important safety information. If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit: 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle. 3. Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 62 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 64. 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle, the ON indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion, Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 46 Seats and Restraints if adjustable, to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion. Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint. If this happens, adjust the head restraint. See Head Restraints 0 24. 6. Restart the vehicle. If the ON indicator is still lit, secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle, and check with your dealer. If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an Adult-Sized Occupant If a person of adult size is sitting in the front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF indicator is lit, it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat. Use the following steps to allow the system to detect that person and enable the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped): 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Remove any additional material from the seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position. 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with legs comfortably extended. 5. Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the ON indicator is lit. { Warning If the front outboard passenger airbag is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, the airbag will not be able to inflate and help protect that person in a crash, (Continued) Warning (Continued) resulting in an increased risk of serious injury or even death. An adult-sized occupant should not ride in the front outboard passenger seat, if the passenger airbag OFF indicator is lit. Additional Factors Affecting System Operation Seat belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking, which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and “Child Restraints” in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use. A thick layer of additional material, such as a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates. We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehicle. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 47 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates. The ON indicator may be lit if an object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device is put on an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, remove the object from the seat. { Warning Stowing articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system. Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced. There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle. Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system. To purchase a service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 289. { Warning For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the battery is disconnected, an airbag can still inflate during improper service. You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. They are probably part of the airbag system. Be sure to follow proper service procedures, and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so. Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Adding accessories that change the vehicle's frame, bumper system, height, front end, or side sheet metal may keep the airbag system from working properly. The operation of the airbag system can also be affected by changing, including improperly repairing or replacing, any parts of the following: . Airbag system, including airbag modules, front or side impact sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, or airbag wiring 47 . Front seats, including stitching, seams or zippers . Seat belts . Steering wheel, instrument panel, ceiling trim, or pillar garnish trim . Inner door seals, including speakers Your dealer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and airbag wiring along with the proper replacement procedures. In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position, which includes sensors that are part of the passenger seat. The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim designed for a different vehicle. Any object, such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed under or on top of the seat fabric, could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 48 Seats and Restraints system from properly turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing System 0 44. If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 245 for additional important information. If the vehicle must be modified because you have a disability and have questions about whether the modifications will affect the vehicle's airbag system, or if you have questions about whether the airbag system will be affected if the vehicle is modified for any other reason, call Customer Assistance. See Customer Assistance Offices 0 284. Airbag System Check The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the airbag readiness light is working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 79. Caution If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, or broken, the airbag may not work properly. Do not open or break the airbag coverings. If there are any opened or broken airbag coverings, have the airbag (Continued) Caution (Continued) covering and/or airbag module replaced. For the location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 40. See your dealer for service. Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 79. Child Restraints Older Children { Warning A crash can damage the airbag systems in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system may not properly protect you and your passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible. If an airbag inflates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service. Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints The manufacturer instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster. Use a booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until the child passes the fit test below: . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 34. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder, then return to the booster seat. . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Q: What is the proper way to wear seat belts? A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. 49 The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips, just touching the top of the thighs. This applies belt force to the child's pelvic bones in a crash. It should never be worn over the abdomen, which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 34. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear seating position. In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use seat belts properly. { Warning Never allow more than one child to wear the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a crash, they can be crushed together and seriously injured. A seat belt must be used by only one person at a time. { Warning Never allow a child to wear the seat belt shoulder belt under both arms or behind their back. A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 50 Seats and Restraints Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. { Warning Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is wrapped around a child’s neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and tightened around a child’s neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it. Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash. For example, in a crash at only 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's arms. An infant or child should be secured in an appropriate child restraint. Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the seat belts. Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints { Warning Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you must secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. There are three basic types of child restraints: . Forward-facing child restraints . Rear-facing child restraints . Belt-positioning booster seats The proper child restraint for your child depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. For each type of child restraint, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the child restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. The instruction manual that is provided with the child restraint states the weight and height limitations for that particular child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of child restraints available for children with special needs. Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats. 51 { Warning To reduce the risk of neck and head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits of their child restraint. { Warning A young child's hip bones are still so small that the vehicle seat belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it should. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, young children should always be secured in an appropriate child restraint. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 52 Seats and Restraints Child Restraint Systems Forward-Facing Child Restraint Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A rear-facing child restraint provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. A forward-facing child restraint provides restraint for the child's body with the harness. Booster Seats A belt-positioning booster seat is used for children who have outgrown their forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system until the child is large enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit properly without a booster seat. See the seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 48. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle { Warning A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual. To help reduce the chance of injury, the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 54 for more information. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint 2. Instruction manual provided with the child restraint 3. This vehicle owner's manual The child restraint instructions are important, so if they are not available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer. Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle — even when no child is in it. In some areas Certified Child Passenger Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to inspect and demonstrate how to correctly use and install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) website to locate the nearest child safety seat inspection station. For CPST availability in Canada, check with Transport Canada or the Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. 53 Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint { Warning A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint. Where to Put the Restraint According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in an appropriate child restraint secured in a rear seating position. Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag deploys. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 54 Seats and Restraints { Warning A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front passenger airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position. Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though it is turned off. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 44 for additional information. When securing a child restraint with the seat belts in a rear seat position, study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle. Child restraints and booster seats vary considerably in size, and some may fit in certain seating positions better than others. Do not install a child restraint in any rear seating position where it cannot be installed securely. Depending on where you place the child restraint and the size of the child restraint, you may not be able to access adjacent seat belts or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child restraints. Adjacent seating positions should not be used if the child restraint prevents access to or interferes with the routing of the seat belt. The seat in front of an installed child restraint should be adjusted to ensure proper installation according to the child restraint manual. Wherever a child restraint is installed, be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and secure the child restraint properly. Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle — even when no child is in it. Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) The LATCH system secures a child restraint during driving or in a crash. LATCH attachments on the child restraint are used to attach the child restraint to the anchors in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can be properly installed using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use both the seat belts and the LATCH anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or forward-facing child seat. Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to secure the child and the booster seat. If the manufacturer recommends that the booster seat be secured with the LATCH system, this Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints can be done as long as the booster seat can be positioned properly and there is no interference with the proper positioning of the lap-shoulder belt on the child. Make sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint, and also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the seat belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor. For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child restraint where the combined weight of the child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), 55 use either the lower LATCH anchorages with the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt with the top tether anchorage. Where the combined weight of the child and restraint are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with the top tether anchorage only. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 56 Seats and Restraints Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of the Child + Child Restraint Rear-Facing Child Restraint Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) Rear-Facing Child Restraint Greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Restraint Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Restraint Greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb) See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 62 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 64. Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X LATCH – Lower Anchors Only X Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Anchors and Top Tether Anchor Seat Belt and Top Tether Anchor X X X X X Child restraints built after March 2014 will be labeled with the specific child weight up to which the LATCH system can be used to install the restraint. The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in the vehicle. Not all vehicle seating positions have lower anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be used (with top tether where available) to secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 62 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 64. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments (2). A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The top tether attachment hook (2) on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require 57 I : Seating positions with top tether anchors. H : Seating positions with two lower anchors. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 58 Seats and Restraints Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System { Warning A child could be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly attached to the vehicle using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle seat belt. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual. To assist in locating the lower anchors, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion. The top tether anchors are on the back of the rear seatbacks. Be sure to use an anchor located directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is on the trim near the anchor. Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 53 for additional information. { Warning To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash. A child or others could be injured. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints { Warning Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is wrapped around a child’s neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and tightened around a child’s neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it. Buckle any unused seat belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock, and tighten the belt behind the child restraint after the child restraint has been installed. Caution Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may damage these parts. If necessary, move buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments. Do not fold the rear seatback when the seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This could damage the seat belt or the seat. Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its stowed position, before folding the seat. If you need to secure more than one child restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put the Restraint 0 53. 1. Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors. If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child restraint with the top tether and the seat belt. Refer to the child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. 59 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. For rear outboard seating positions, if the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See “Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation” at the end of this section. When installing a rear-facing child restraint, it may be necessary to move the front seat forward to properly install the child restraint per the child restraint manufacturer instructions. See Seat Adjustment 0 25. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. 2. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor, if equipped. Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps: 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. 2.2. Remove the cargo cover, if equipped, before installing the top tether. Place the cargo cover on Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 60 Seats and Restraints the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts. the floor of the cargo area. The cargo cover should remain off while the top tether is in use. 2.3. Route, attach, and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions: If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback. If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether over the seatback. If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, raise the headrest or head restraint and route the tether under If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, raise the headrest or head restraint and route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and around the headrest or head restraint posts. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation The rear outboard head restraints can be removed if they interfere with the proper installation of the child restraint. To remove the head restraint: 1. Partially fold the seatback forward. See Rear Seats 0 28. 4. When the child restraint is removed, reinstall the head restraint before the seating position is used. { Warning With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. To reinstall the head restraint: 61 1. Insert the head restraint posts into the holes in the top of the seatback. The notches on the posts must face the driver side of the vehicle. 2. Push the head restraint down. If necessary, press the height adjustment release button to further lower the head restraint. See Rear Seats 0 28. 3. Try to move the head restraint to make sure it is locked in place. Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash { Warning 2. Press both buttons on the head restraint posts at the same time, and pull up on the head restraint. 3. Store the head restraint in a secure place. A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the LATCH system is working properly after a crash, see your dealer to have the system inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible. If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 62 Seats and Restraints New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the seat belt to secure the child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. When securing a child restraint with the seat belts in a rear seat position, study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle. If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 54 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 54 for top tether anchor locations. Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint 0 53. 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. For outboard second row seating positions, remove the seat belt from the guide. Do not secure the child restraint with the seat belt routed through the guide. When installing a rear-facing child restraint, it may be necessary to move the front seat forward to properly install the child restraint per the child restraint manufacturer instructions. If the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 54. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor. 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. 63 6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 54. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. If the head restraint was removed, reinstall it before the seating position is used. See "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 54 for additional information on installing the head restraint properly. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 64 Seats and Restraints Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 53. In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped) under certain conditions. See Passenger Sensing System 0 44 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 80 for more information, including important safety information. Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag deploys. { Warning A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very (Continued) Warning (Continued) close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position. Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though the airbag(s) are off. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag(s) are off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 44 for additional information. If the child restraint uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 54 for top tether anchor locations. Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the following instructions: 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. Move the seat upward or the seatback to an upright position, if needed, to get a tight installation of the child restraint. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped), the OFF indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 80. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Seats and Restraints 65 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor. 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 66 Seats and Restraints move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbag or airbags are off, the OFF indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System 0 44. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Storage Storage Storage Compartments Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Additional Storage Features Storage Compartments { Warning Do not store heavy or sharp objects in storage compartments. In a crash, these objects may cause the cover to open and could result in injury. Instrument Panel Storage Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Cargo Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Pull up on the handle to open. Glove Box Roof Rack System Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Lift up on the glove box lever to open it. Pull the handle to open. 67 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 68 Storage Cupholders Underseat Storage Center Console Storage If equipped, pull the rear seat armrest down to access. If equipped, there is storage under the front passenger seat. Lift the end of the tray and pull it forward to open. Push it in toward the seat to close. For vehicles with center console storage, press the button and slide rearward to open. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Storage 69 Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover { Warning An unsecured cargo cover could strike people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Store the cargo cover securely or remove it from the vehicle. { Warning Do not place objects on the cargo cover. Sudden stops or turns can cause objects to be thrown in the vehicle. You or others could be injured. If equipped, use the cargo cover to cover items in the rear of the vehicle. Pull the strap to lift. To install, hang the loops on the liftgate anchors. Cargo Management System This vehicle has a cargo management system in the rear. Fold the load floor. Place the hook from the load floor inside the hook on the side trim. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 70 Storage Convenience Net Warning (Continued) and this could cause a collision and damage the vehicle. Never carry something longer or wider than the roof rack on top of the vehicle unless using a GM certified accessory carrier. For vehicles with a roof rack, the rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GM Certified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer for additional information. The vehicle may have a convenience net. The net is used to store small loads and should not be used for heavy loads. Roof Rack System { Warning If something is carried on top of the vehicle that is longer or wider than the roof rack — like paneling, plywood, or a mattress — the wind can catch it while the vehicle is being driven. The item being carried could be violently torn off, (Continued) Caution Loading cargo on the roof rack that weighs more than 75 kg (165 lb) or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage the vehicle. Do not load cargo exceeding 75 kg (165 lbs) and always load cargo so that it rests evenly between the crossrails and does not block the vehicle lamps or windows. Fasten the cargo securely. To prevent damage or loss of cargo when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicle’s center of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt maneuvers; otherwise it may result in loss of control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains in its place. Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls Instruments and Controls Controls Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 78 Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 80 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Light . . . 83 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . 86 Vehicle Messages Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 71 Controls Steering Wheel Adjustment To 1. 2. 3. adjust the steering wheel: Pull the lever down. Move the steering wheel up or down. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or away from you. 4. Lift the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 72 Instruments and Controls Steering Wheel Controls washer had been activated. See Washer Fluid 0 216 for information on filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir. The infotainment system can be operated by using the steering wheel controls. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 106. Wipe Parking Horn Press a on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn. Windshield Wiper/Washer INT : Use this setting for intermittent wipes or Rainsense™, if equipped. For intermittent wipes, move the windshield wiper lever to INT. Turn the x INT band up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. If equipped with Rainsense wipes, see “Rainsense” later in this section. OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. The windshield wiper/washer lever is on the right side of the steering column. Move the lever to one of the following positions: HI : Use for fast wipes. LO : Use for slow wipes. 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down. b : Pull the windshield wiper lever toward you to spray windshield washer fluid and activate the wipers. The wipers will continue until the lever is released or the maximum wash time is reached. When the windshield wiper lever is released, additional wipes may occur depending on how long the windshield If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they will immediately stop. If the windshield wiper lever is then moved to OFF before the driver door is opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are performing wipes due to windshield washing or Rainsense wipes, the wipers continue to run until they reach the base of the windshield. { Warning In freezing weather, do not use the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls { Warning Before driving the vehicle, always clear snow and ice from the hood, windshield, roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all lamps and windows. Reduced visibility from snow and ice buildup could lead to a crash. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. Damaged wiper blades should be replaced. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 220. INT : When enabled, move the windshield wiper lever to INT. Turn the x INT band on the wiper lever to adjust the sensitivity. . Turn the band up for more sensitivity to moisture. . Turn the band down for less sensitivity to moisture. 73 Rear Window Wiper/Washer The rear wiper/washer controls are on the end of the windshield wiper lever. ON : Press the upper portion of the button for continuous rear window wipes. OFF : The rear wiper turns off when the button is returned to the middle position. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down. . Move the windshield wiper lever out of Wiper Arm Assembly Protection INT : Press the lower portion of the button for rear intermittent wipes. Rainsense™ When using an automatic car wash, move the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This disables the automatic Rainsense windshield wipers and/or manual windshield wipers. m= REAR : Push the windshield wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid on the rear window. The lever returns to its starting position when released. With Rainsense, if the transmission is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the wipers will automatically stop at the base of the windshield. Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Protection If equipped with Rainsense, a sensor near the top center of the windshield detects the amount of water on the windshield and controls the frequency of the windshield wiper. Keep the sensor free from debris to allow for best system performance. the INT position to deactivate Rainsense. The wiper operations return to normal when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has increased. When using an automatic car wash, move the rear wiper control to OFF to disable the rear wiper. In some vehicles, if the transmission is in N (Neutral) and the Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 74 Instruments and Controls vehicle speed is very slow, the rear wiper will automatically park under the rear spoiler. The wiper operations return to normal when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has increased. Reverse Gear Wipes If the rear wiper control is off, the rear wiper will automatically operate continuously when the shift lever is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing low or high speed wipes. If the rear wiper control is off, the shift lever is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing interval wipes, then the rear wiper automatically performs interval wipes. This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. The windshield washer reservoir is used for the windshield and the rear window. Check the fluid level in the reservoir if either washer is not working. See Washer Fluid 0 216. Compass The vehicle may have a compass display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). Setting the Compass Zone Under certain circumstances, such as during a long trip or moving to a new area, the compass zone will need to be reset. If the compass is not set to the correct zone, it may give false readings. The compass zone should be set to the area in which the vehicle is currently traveling. Use the DIC buttons to set the compass zone: 1. While the vehicle is in P (Park), press the MENU button to display the DIC menu. 2. Press and hold SET/CLR while the Set Area display is active. 3. Find the vehicle's current location and zone number on the map. Zones 1 through 15 are available. 4. Use w x to change to the correct zone number. 5. Press SET/CLR to confirm the setting. The compass system is designed to operate for a certain number of miles or degrees of turn before needing a signal from the GPS satellites. When the compass display shows CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in an open area where it can receive a GPS signal. The compass system will automatically determine when a GPS signal is restored and provide a heading again. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls Clock Set the time and date using the infotainment system. See "Time / Date" under Settings (8 Inch Screen) 0 129 or Settings (7 Inch Screen) 0 154. Power Outlets Power Outlet 110/120-Volt Alternating Current If equipped, this power outlet is on the rear of the center console. It can be used to plug in electrical equipment that uses a maximum limit of 150 watts. An indicator light on the outlet turns on to show it is in use. The light comes on when the ignition is on and equipment requiring less than 150 watts is plugged into the outlet, and no system fault is detected. The indicator light does not come on when the ignition is off or if the equipment is not fully seated into the outlet. If equipment is connected using more than 150 watts or a system fault is detected, a protection circuit shuts off the power supply and the indicator light turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back in or turn the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) off and then back on. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 178. The power restarts when equipment using 150 watts or less is plugged into the outlet and a system fault is not detected. The power outlet is not designed for and may not work properly, if any of the following are plugged in: . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, such as compressor-driven refrigerators and electric power tools 75 . Other equipment requiring an extremely stable power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets and touch sensor lamps . Medical equipment Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 76 Instruments and Controls Cluster Menu Instrument Cluster There is an interactive display area in the center of the instrument cluster. Use the controls to open and scroll through the different items and displays. 1. SET/CLR : Press to set or clear the menu item when it is displayed. \ : Turn the band to scroll through the menu items. 3. MENU: Press to access the cluster applications. This button is also used to return to or exit the last screen displayed on the DIC. 2. English Shown, Metric Similar 1. Tachometer 0 77 2. Fuel Gauge 0 77 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 78 4. Speedometer 0 77 5. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 86 Press MENU to access the cluster applications. Use \ to scroll through the list of available applications. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles. . Info app. This is where you can view the selected Driver Information Center (DIC) displays. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 86. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls . Navigation . Options Navigation Press SET/CLR to select the Navigation app. Use \ to highlight available options. If there is no active route, you can resume the last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active route, press SET/ CLR to cancel route guidance or turn the voice prompts on/off. Options Press SET/CLR to select the Options app. Use \ to scroll through the items in the Options menu. Unit : Press SET/CLR while Unit is displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose U.S. or metric units by pressing SET/CLR while the desired item is highlighted. Info Pages : Press SET/CLR while Info Pages is displayed to enter the Info Pages menu. Press SET/CLR to edit the list of info apps displayed. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 86. Speedometer The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in kilometers per hour (km/h) and miles per hour (mph). Odometer The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, in either kilometers or miles. Trip Odometer Caution If the engine is operated with the rpm in the warning area at the high end of the tachometer, the vehicle could be damaged, and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not operate the engine with the rpm in the warning area. Fuel Gauge The trip odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset. The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 86. Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). When the engine is on, the tachometer will indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop mode, when the engine is shutting off and restarting. 77 Metric Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 78 Instruments and Controls full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up. . The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on, and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. English Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge indicates about how much fuel is left in the tank. This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature. If the pointer moves toward the warning area at the high end of the gauge, the engine is too hot. There is an arrow near the fuel gauge pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. Here are three things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge indicated the tank was half English Metric This reading indicates the same thing as the warning light. It means that the engine coolant has overheated. If the vehicle has been operating under normal driving conditions, pull off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating 0 215. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls Seat Belt Reminders the pretensioners, the airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. For more information on the airbag system, see Airbag System 0 38. Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light There is a driver seat belt reminder light on the instrument cluster. When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind the driver to fasten the seat belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several times if the driver remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on. Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Light The vehicle may have a front passenger seat belt reminder light near the passenger airbag status indicator. 79 When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind in front of passenger to fasten the seat belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several times if the passenger remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. If the passenger seat belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on. The front passenger seat belt reminder light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the reminder light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt. Airbag Readiness Light This light shows if there is an electrical problem with the airbag system. It is located in the instrument cluster. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), the passenger sensing system (if equipped), The airbag readiness light comes on for several seconds when the vehicle is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately. { Warning If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away. If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 80 Instruments and Controls Passenger Airbag Status Indicator The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 44 for important safety information. The instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator. United States symbol to let you know the status of the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped). If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag (if equipped) are allowed to inflate. If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and passenger knee airbag (if equipped). If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service. Canada { Warning When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbol for on and off, for several seconds as a system check. Then, after several seconds, the status indicator will light either ON or OFF, or the on or off If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right (Continued) Warning (Continued) away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 79 for more information, including important safety information. Charging System Light The charging system light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on, but the engine is not running, as a check to show the light is working. It should go out when the engine is started. If the light stays on, or comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the electrical charging system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on could drain the battery. When this light comes on, or is flashing, the Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays a message. If a short distance must be Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls driven with the light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) This light is part of the vehicle’s emission control on-board diagnostic system. If this light is on while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it is working when the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition Positions 0 174. Malfunctions are often indicated by the system before any problem is noticeable. Being aware of the light and seeking service promptly when it comes on may prevent damage. Caution If the vehicle is driven continually with this light on, the emission control system may not work as well, the fuel economy may be lower, and the vehicle may not run smoothly. This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Caution Modifications to the engine, transmission, exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the use of replacement tires that do not meet the original tire specifications, can cause this light to come on. This could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. This could also affect the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications 0 202. If the light is flashing : A malfunction has been detected that could damage the emission control system and increase vehicle emissions. Diagnosis and service may be required. 81 To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle speed and avoid hard accelerations and uphill grades. If the light continues to flash, find a safe place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait at least 10 seconds before restarting the engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the previous guidelines and see your dealer for service as soon as possible. If the light is on steady : A malfunction has been detected. Diagnosis and service may be required. Check the following: . If equipped with capless fuel fill: If fuel has been added to the vehicle using the capless funnel adapter, make sure that it has been removed. See “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” under Filling the Tank (Capless Fuel Fill) 0 197 or Filling the Tank (Capped Fuel Fill) 0 198. The diagnostic system can detect if the adapter has been left installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. A few driving trips with the adapter removed may turn off the light. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 82 Instruments and Controls . If equipped with capped fuel fill: A loose or missing fuel cap may cause the light to come on. See Filling the Tank (Capless Fuel Fill) 0 197 or Filling the Tank (Capped Fuel Fill) 0 198. A few driving trips with the cap properly installed may turn the light off. . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient engine operation and poor drivability, which may go away once the engine is warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel brand. It may require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off. See Recommended Fuel 0 196. If the light remains on, see your dealer. Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs If the vehicle requires an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test, the test equipment will likely connect to the vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). The DLC is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. Connecting devices that are not used to perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to service the vehicle may affect vehicle operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 200. See your dealer if assistance is needed. The vehicle may not pass inspection if: . The light is on when the engine is running. . The light does not come on when the ignition is in Service Mode. . Critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed. If this happens, the vehicle would not be ready for inspection and might require several days of routine driving before the system is ready for inspection. This can happen if the 12-volt battery has recently been replaced or run down, or if the vehicle has been recently serviced. See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass or cannot be made ready for the test. Brake System Warning Light Metric English This light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem. When the vehicle is on, the brake system warning light also comes on when the parking brake is set. The light stays on if the parking brake does not fully release. If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released, there is a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away. If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal might be harder to push, or the brake pedal may go closer to the floor. It could take longer to stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle 0 255. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls { Warning The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for service. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. A chime may also sound when the light stays on. 83 See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 195. Vehicle Ahead Indicator If the ABS warning light is the only light on, the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is not functioning. If both the ABS warning light and the brake system warning light are on, ABS is not functioning and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See your dealer for service. See Brake System Warning Light 0 82. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Light This warning light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. This light is green if LDW is on and ready to operate. If the light comes on while driving, safely stop as soon as it is possible and turn off the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again to reset the system. This light changes to amber and flashes to indicate that the lane marking has been crossed without using a turn signal in that direction. If equipped, this indicator will display green when a vehicle is detected ahead. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 192. Traction Off Light This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then turns off. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 84 Instruments and Controls The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) has been turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button. This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is turned off. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited. Adjust driving accordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 185. If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak/ ESC systems, and the warning light turns off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 185. If the indicator/warning light is on and flashing, the TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 185. Tire Pressure Light Traction Control System (TCS)/ StabiliTrak Light StabiliTrak OFF Light This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. The StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) or Traction Control System (TCS) indicator/warning light comes on briefly when the engine is started. If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly when the engine is started. It provides information about tire pressures and the TPMS. When the Light Is On Steady This indicates that one or more of the tires are significantly underinflated. A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire pressure message may also display. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 238. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls It also comes on when the fuel gauge indicator nears empty. The light turns off when fuel is added. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced. When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 240. Engine Oil Pressure Light Caution Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil. 85 Immobilizer Light This light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the light comes on and stays on, it means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have some other system problem. See your dealer. Low Fuel Warning Light The immobilizer light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the immobilizer system. See Immobilizer Operation 0 19. A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 86 Instruments and Controls High-Beam On Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 97. For vehicles with cruise control, the cruise control light is white when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns green when the cruise control is set and active. Lamps On Reminder The light turns off when the cruise control is turned off. See Cruise Control 0 186. Door Ajar Light This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use, except when only the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 97. The Driver Information Center (DIC) displays information about the vehicle. It also displays warning messages if a system problem is detected. See Vehicle Messages 0 88. All messages appear in the DIC display in the center of the instrument cluster. The vehicle may also have features that can be customized through the controls on the radio. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. DIC Operation and Displays The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by using the DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. The DIC displays trip, fuel, and vehicle system information, and warning messages if a system problem is detected. This light comes on when a door is open or not securely latched. Before driving, check that all doors are properly closed. The bottom of the DIC display shows the position of the shift lever and the odometer. It may also show the direction the vehicle is driving. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls In cold weather the DIC display may change slowly. This is normal and will move more quickly as the vehicle's interior temperature rises. Use the controls to open and scroll through the different items and displays. SET/CLR : Press to set or clear the menu item displayed. \ : Turn the band to scroll through the items in each menu. MENU : Press to display the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle Information Menu. This button is also used to return to or exit the last screen displayed on the DIC. DIC Info Page Options The info pages on the DIC can be turned on or off through the Options app. 1. Press MENU to access the cluster applications. 2. Use \ to scroll to the Options menu and press SET/CLR. 3. Use \ to choose the Info pages. Press SET/CLR to select. 4. Select Edit List. 5. Use \ to move through the list of possible information displays. 6. Press SET/CLR while an item is highlighted to select or deselect that item. When an item is selected, a checkmark will appear next to it. 7. To exit, scroll to Exit and select. DIC Menu Items Press MENU on the turn signal lever until the Info menu is displayed. Use \ scroll through the menu items. Not all items are available on every vehicle. . Digital Speedometer . Trip A or B, Average Fuel Economy . Fuel Range . Oil Life . Tire Pressure . Fuel Economy 87 Digital Speedometer The speedometer shows how fast the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset. Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel Economy Displays the current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from the last reset for the trip odometer. The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing and holding the reset stem in the cluster while the trip odometer display is showing. Also displays the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number is based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change. The average fuel economy can be reset by pressing SET/CLR while the Average Fuel Economy display is showing. Fuel Range This display shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling. The fuel range estimate is based on an Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 88 Instruments and Controls average of the vehicle’s fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. Oil Life This display shows an estimate of the oil's remaining useful life. If OIL LIFE 99% REMAINING is displayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains. When the remaining oil life is low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display. The oil should be changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 0 208. In addition to the Engine Oil Life System monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual. See Maintenance Schedule 0 267 for more information. Remember, the Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Also, be careful not to reset the Oil Life display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. To reset the Engine Oil Life System, press SET/CLR while the Remaining Oil Life display is active. See Engine Oil Life System 0 210. Tire Pressure The display will show a vehicle with the approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per square inch (psi). See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 239 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 240 for more information. Fuel Economy running average and how well recent driving compares to the best that has been achieved for the selected distance. Compass The vehicle has a compass display in the DIC. See Compass 0 74 for more information. Vehicle Messages The center displays the approximate instantaneous fuel economy as a number and bar graph. Displayed above the bar graph is a running average of fuel economy for the most recently travelled selected distance. Displayed below the bar graph is the best average fuel economy that has been achieved for the selected distance. The selected distance is displayed at the top of the page as “last xxx mi/km”. Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the status of the vehicle or some action that may be needed to correct a condition. Multiple messages may appear one after another. Press SET/CLR to select the distance or reset best value. All messages should be taken seriously; clearing the message does not correct the problem. Hold SET/CLR to reset the best average fuel economy. After reset, the best value displays until the selected distance has been travelled. The display provides information on how current driving behavior affects the The messages that do not require immediate action can be acknowledged and cleared by pressing SET/CLR. The messages that require immediate action cannot be cleared until that action is performed. If a SERVICE message appears, see your dealer. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls Follow the instructions given in the messages. The system displays messages regarding the following topics: . Service Messages . Fluid Levels . Vehicle Security . Brakes . Ride Control Systems . Driver Assistance Systems . Cruise Control . Lighting and Bulb Replacement . Wiper/Washer Systems . Doors and Windows . Seat Belts . Airbag Systems . Engine and Transmission . Tire Pressure . Battery Engine Power Messages ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays when the vehicle's propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in propulsion power can affect the vehicle's ability to accelerate. If this message is on, but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. Under certain conditions the performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven. The vehicle may be driven while this message is on, but maximum acceleration and speed may be reduced. Anytime this message stays on, or displays repeatedly, the vehicle should be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible. Under certain operating conditions, propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting after the ignition has been off for 30 seconds. Vehicle Speed Messages SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) This message shows that the vehicle speed has been limited to the speed displayed. The limited speed is a protection for various propulsion and vehicle systems, such as lubrication, brakes, thermal, suspension, Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. 89 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) Use the audio system controls to access the personalization menus for customizing vehicle features. To see if your vehicle has the 8 inch screen, see Overview (8 Inch Screen) 0 105. The following are all possible personalization features. Depending on the vehicle, some may not be available. To access the personalization menus: 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home Page of the infotainment display. 2. Touch the desired feature to display a list of available options. 3. Touch to select the desired feature setting. 4. Press BACK on the center stack or touch S on the infotainment display to return to the previous menu or exit. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 90 Instruments and Controls Personalization Menus Rear Seat Reminder Collision/Detection Systems The following list of features may be available: . Time and Date . Rear Seat Reminder . Language . Valet Mode . Radio . Vehicle . Bluetooth . Apple CarPlay . Android Auto . Voice . Display . Rear Camera . Return to Factory Settings . Software Information . Wi-Fi This allows for a chime and a message when the rear door has been opened before or during operation of the vehicle. Select and the following may be displayed: . Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Side Blind Zone Alert Select Off or On. Rear Cross Traffic Alert Language Select Off or On. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 190. Each menu is detailed in the following information. Time and Date Manually set the time and date. See "Time / Date" under Settings (8 Inch Screen) 0 129. Select Language, then select from the available language(s). Valet Mode To turn Valet Mode on and off, see “Valet Mode” in Settings (8 Inch Screen) 0 129. Side Blind Zone Alert Select Off or On. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 194. Comfort and Convenience To manage the radio features, see “Radio” in Settings (8 Inch Screen) 0 129. Select and the following may be displayed: . Chime Volume . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Vehicle Chime Volume Select and the following may be displayed: . Collision/Detection Systems . Comfort and Convenience . Lighting . Power Door Locks . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start This allows the selection of the chime volume level. Radio Touch + or − to adjust the volume. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear When on and the front wiper is on, the rear wiper will automatically activate when the vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse). Select Off or On. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls 91 Lighting Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Remote Unlock Light Feedback Select and the following may be displayed: . Vehicle Locator Lights . Exit Lighting When on, this feature will keep the driver door from locking when the door is open. If Off is selected, the Delayed Door Lock menu will be available. When on, the exterior lamps will flash when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Select Off or On. Remote Lock Feedback Auto Door Unlock This allows selection of what type of feedback is given when locking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Vehicle Locator Lights This feature will flash the exterior lamps when K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed to locate the vehicle. Select Off or Flash Lights. Select Off or On. This allows selection of which of the doors will automatically unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Exit Lighting Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, or Horn Only. This allows the selection of how long the exterior lamps stay on when leaving the vehicle when it is dark outside. Delayed Door Lock Remote Door Unlock When on, this feature will delay the locking of the doors. This allows selection of which doors will unlock when pressing K on the RKE transmitter. Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds. Select Off or On. Power Door Locks Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start Select and the following may be displayed: . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . Auto Door Unlock . Delayed Door Lock Select and the following may be displayed: . Remote Unlock Light Feedback . Remote Lock Feedback . Remote Door Unlock . Passive Door Unlock . Passive Door Lock . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert When set to Driver Door, the driver door will unlock the first time K is pressed and all doors will unlock when K is pressed a second time. When set to All Doors, all of the doors will unlock at the first press of K. Select All Doors or Driver Door. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 92 Instruments and Controls Passive Door Unlock Pair New Device Apple CarPlay This allows the selection of what doors will unlock when using the button on the driver door to unlock the vehicle. Select to pair a new device. See Bluetooth (Overview for 8 Inch Screen) 0 123 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using the Phone for 8 Inch Screen) 0 123 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition for 8 Inch Screen) 0 126. Select and the following may display: . Apple CarPlay . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Select All Doors or Driver Door. Passive Door Lock This allows passive locking to be turned on or off and selects feedback. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. Device Management Select Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. Select to connect to a different phone source, disconnect a phone, or delete a phone. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Ringtones This feature sounds an alert when the RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu also enables Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert. Touch to change the ring tone for the specific phone. The phone does not need to be connected to change the ring tone. Select Off or On. Bluetooth Select and the following may be displayed: . Pair New Device . Device Management . Ringtones . Voice Mail Numbers . Text Message Alerts Voice Mail Numbers This feature displays the voice mail number for all connected phones. To change the voice mail number, touch the edit icon. Type a new number, then touch SAVE. Text Message Alerts This allows the feature to be turned on or off. Select Off or On. Apple CarPlay This feature allows Apple devices to be connected to the infotainment system through a USB port. Select Off or On. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Select to manage Apple devices. Apple CarPlay must be on for this feature to be accessed. Android Auto Select and the following may display: . Android Auto . Manage Android Auto Devices Android Auto This feature allows Android devices to be connected to the infotainment system through a USB port. Select Off or On. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls Manage Android Auto Devices Display “What Can I Say?” Tips Rear Park Assist Symbols Select to manage Android devices. Android Auto must be on for this feature to be accessed. This feature gives tips on what to say when using voice recognition. Select to turn Off or On. Voice Display Select and the following may be displayed: . Confidence Threshold . Prompt Length . Audio Feedback Speed . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips Select and the following may be displayed: . Calibrate Touchscreen . Turn Display Off Select Off or On. Calibrate Touchscreen Return to Factory Settings Select and the following may be displayed: . Restore Vehicle Settings . Clear All Private Data . Restore Radio Settings Restore Vehicle Settings This allows selection of restoring vehicle settings. Confidence Threshold Select to calibrate the touchscreen, then follow the prompts. This feature allows the adjustment of the sensitivity of the speech recognition system. Turn Display Off Clear All Private Data This allows selection to clear all private information from the vehicle. This feature adjusts the voice prompt length. Select to turn the display off. Touch anywhere on the infotainment display or press any infotainment controls on the center stack to turn the display on. Select Short or Long. Rear Camera Audio Feedback Speed This feature adjusts the audio feedback speed. Select and the following may be displayed: . Guidance Lines . Rear Park Assist Symbols Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. Guidance Lines Software Information Select to turn Off or On. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 190. Select to view or update the infotainment system current software information. Select Confirm More or Confirm Less. Prompt Length 93 Select Restore or Cancel. Select Delete or Cancel. Restore Radio Settings This allows selection to restore radio settings. Select Restore or Cancel. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 94 Instruments and Controls Wi-Fi Select and the following may display: . Wi-Fi . Manage Wi-Fi Networks Wi-Fi This feature allows Wi-Fi networks to be turned off or on. Select Off or On. 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of available options. 3. Touch to select the desired feature setting. 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the 4. Touch Settings menu. The menu may contain the following: Manage Wi-Fi Networks Rear Seat Reminder Select to manage Wi-Fi networks. Wi-Fi must be on for this feature to be accessed. This allows for a chime and a message when the rear door has been opened before or during operation of the vehicle. Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) The following are all possible vehicle personalization features. Depending on the vehicle, some may not be available. To see if your vehicle has the 7 inch screen, see Overview (7 Inch Screen) 0 138. For System and Apps features and functions, see Settings (7 Inch Screen) 0 154. To access the vehicle personalization menu: 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Page of the infotainment display. Touch Off or On. Collision/Detection Systems Touch and the following may display: . Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Side Blind Zone Alert Rear Cross Traffic Alert This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert feature to be turned on or off. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 190. Touch Off or On. Side Blind Zone Alert Select Off or On. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 194. Comfort and Convenience Touch and the following may display: . Chime Volume . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Chime Volume This determines the chime volume level. Touch the controls on the infotainment display to adjust the volume. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear When on and the front wiper is on, the rear wiper will automatically activate when the vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse). Touch Off or On. Lighting Touch and the following may display: . Vehicle Locator Lights . Exit Lighting Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Instruments and Controls 95 Vehicle Locator Lights Auto Door Unlock Remote Lock Feedback This feature will flash the exterior lamps and allows some of the exterior lamps and most of the interior lamps to turn on briefly when K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed to locate the vehicle. This allows selection of which of the doors will automatically unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). This allows selection of what type of feedback is given when locking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, or Horn Only. Touch Off or On. Exit Lighting This allows the selection of how long the exterior lamps stay on when leaving the vehicle when it is dark outside. Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds. Delayed Door Lock When on, this feature will delay the locking of the doors. To override the delay, press the power door lock switch on the door. Touch Off or On. Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start Touch and the following may display: . Open Door Anti Lockout . Auto Door Unlock . Delayed Door Lock Touch and the following may display: . Remote Unlock Light Feedback . Remote Lock Feedback . Remote Door Unlock . Passive Door Unlock . Passive Door Lock . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Open Door Anti Lock Out Remote Unlock Light Feedback When on, this feature will keep the driver door from locking when the door is open. If Off is selected, the Delayed Door Lock menu will be available. When on, the exterior lamps will flash when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Power Door Locks Touch Off or On. Touch Off or Flash Lights. Remote Door Unlock This allows selection of which doors will unlock when pressing K on the RKE transmitter. Touch All Doors or Driver Door. Passive Door Unlock This allows the selection of what doors will unlock when using the button on the driver door to unlock the vehicle. Touch All Doors or Driver Door Only. Passive Door Lock This allows passive locking to be turned on or off and selects feedback. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 96 Instruments and Controls Remote Left in Vehicle Alert This feature sounds an alert when the RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu also enables the Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert. Touch Off or On. Valet Mode This will lock the infotainment system and steering wheel controls. It may also limit access to vehicle storage locations, if equipped. To enable valet mode: 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation screen. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the system. Touch Back to go back to the previous menu. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Lighting Lighting Exterior Lighting Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 97 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 98 Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . 99 97 5 : Turns on the headlamps together with the parking lamps and instrument panel lights. A warning chime sounds if the driver door is opened when the ignition is off and the headlamps are on. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer Interior Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Lighting Features Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 102 The exterior lamp control is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column. There are four positions: O : Turns the exterior lamps off and deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn O again 3 : Push the turn signal lever away from you and release, to turn the high beams on. to reactivate the AUTO mode. To return to low beams, push the lever again or pull it toward you and release. In Canada, the headlamps will automatically reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on and off automatically depending on outside lighting. ; : Turns on the parking lamps including all lamps, except the headlamps. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 98 Lighting This indicator light turns on in the instrument cluster when the high-beam headlamps are on. Flash-to-Pass To flash the high beams, pull the turn signal lever all the way toward you. Then release it. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Daytime Running Lamps can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. Fully functional DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada. A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes the DRL work, so be sure it is not covered. The DRL system makes the low-beam headlamps come on at a reduced brightness when the following conditions are met: . The ignition is on. . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO. . The engine is running. Automatic Headlamp System When it is dark enough outside and the exterior lamp control is in the automatic position, the headlamps come on automatically. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 97. When the DRL are on, the taillamps, sidemarker, instrument panel, and other lamps will not be on. The headlamps automatically change from DRL to the regular headlamps depending on the darkness of the surroundings. The other lamps that come on with the headlamps will also come on. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps go off and the DRL come on. The DRL turn off when the headlamps are turned to O or the ignition is off. For vehicles first sold in Canada, this control only works when the vehicle is parked. The vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Make sure it is not covered, or the headlamps will be on when they are not needed. The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Lighting If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the automatic headlamp system comes on immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight delay before the automatic headlamp system changes to the DRL. During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 100. Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change Signals Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Lights On with Wipers If the windshield wipers are activated in daylight with the engine on, and the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the headlamps, parking lamps, and other exterior lamps come on. The transition time for the lamps coming on varies based on wiper speed. When the wipers are not operating, these lamps turn off. Move the exterior lamp control to P or ; to disable this feature. 99 | : Press and momentarily hold to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. This warns others that you are having trouble. Press and momentarily hold again to turn the flashers off. An arrow on the instrument cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change. Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. The turn signal flashes three times. The lever returns to its starting position when it is released. If after signaling a turn or lane change the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb may be burned out. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 226. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 100 Lighting Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps Instrument Panel Illumination Control The courtesy lamps come on automatically when any door is opened and the dome lamp is in the door position. ' : Press to turn on the dome lamps. Dome Lamps Front and Rear Dome Lamps The rear dome lamp controls are in the headliner above the rear seats. This feature adjusts the brightness of all illuminated controls. The instrument panel illumination control is next to the exterior lamp control. 9 : Press to turn the lamps off, even when a door is open. Push the knob in all the way until it extends out and then turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the lights. Push the knob back in when finished. The front dome lamp controls are in the overhead console. The knob is functional at night, or when headlamps or the parking lamps are ON. ( : Press to turn the lamps off, even when H : When the button is returned to the a door is open. H : When the button is returned to the middle position, the lamps turn on automatically when a door is opened. middle position, the lamps turn on automatically when a door is opened. R : Press to turn on the dome lamps. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Lighting Reading Lamps of the doors have been closed or the ignition is turned on, they gradually fade out. This feature can be changed. See “Vehicle Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Exit Lighting The front reading lamps are in the overhead console. # or $ : Press to turn each lamp on or off. Lighting Features Entry Lighting Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn on briefly at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a door is opened, the interior lamps come on. They stay on for about 20 seconds. When all Some exterior lamps and interior lights come on at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is turned off. The interior lamps come on after the ignition is turned off. The exterior lamps and interior lamps remain on for a set amount of time, then automatically turn off. The exterior lamps turn off immediately by turning the exterior lamp control off. This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. 101 Battery Load Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management (EPM) that estimates the battery's temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery. When the battery's state of charge is low, the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the charge back up. When the state of charge is high, the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging. If the vehicle has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage display on the Driver Information Center (DIC), you may see the voltage move up or down. This is normal. If there is a problem, an alert will be displayed. The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. This is because the generator (alternator) may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power needed for very high electrical loads. A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on, such as: headlamps, high beams, fog lamps, rear window defogger, climate control fan at high speed, Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 102 Lighting heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads plugged into accessory power outlets. EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery. It does this by balancing the generator's output and the vehicle's electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories. Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, this action may be noticeable to the driver. Battery Power Protection Exterior Lighting Battery Saver The battery saver feature protects against draining the vehicle's battery. The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the O position and then back to the ; or 2 position. If some interior lamps or the manual parking lamps or headlamps are left on and the ignition is turned off, the battery rundown protection system automatically turns the lamp off after some time. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the O position and then back to the ; or 5 position. To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System Infotainment System Introduction Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Overview (8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Radio AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . 109 HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Audio Players Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 113 USB Port (8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 OnStar System OnStar System (8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . 118 Voice Recognition Voice Recognition (8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . 118 Phone Bluetooth (Overview for 8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using the Phone for 8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Bluetooth (Voice Recognition for 8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Text Messaging (8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . 127 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto (8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Settings Settings (8 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Trademarks and License Agreements Trademarks and License Agreements . . . 132 Introduction Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Overview (7 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Radio AM-FM Radio (7 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Audio Players Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . 144 USB Port (7 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 103 OnStar System OnStar System (7 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . 148 Phone Bluetooth (Overview for 7 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone for 7 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 153 Settings Settings (7 Inch Screen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 104 Infotainment System Introduction Read the following pages to become familiar with the features. { Warning Taking your eyes off the road for too long or too often while using any infotainment feature can cause a crash. You or others could be injured or killed. Do not give extended attention to infotainment tasks while driving. Limit your glances at the vehicle displays and focus your attention on driving. Use voice commands whenever possible. The infotainment system has built-in features intended to help avoid distraction by disabling some features when driving. These features may gray out when they are unavailable. Many infotainment features are also available through the instrument cluster and steering wheel controls. Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation, center stack controls, steering wheel controls, and infotainment display. . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 164. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System 105 Overview (8 Inch Screen) . Press and hold to turn the Infotainment System . Press to mute/unmute the system power off. when on. When the power is on and the system is not muted, a quick status pane will display when O is pressed. Pressing O will mute the system and trigger this pane to show a long press is required to actually power down the system. . Turn to decrease or increase the volume. The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, controls on the center stack, steering wheel controls, and voice recognition. Below is the 8 inch screen controls image and overview. For 7 inch screen controls, see Overview (7 Inch Screen) 0 138. 4. 6 . Radio: Press and release to go to 1. { (Home Page) . Press to go to the Home Page. See “Home Page” later in this section. 2. 7 . Radio: Press and release to go to the previous station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest previous station or channel. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to the beginning of the current or previous track. Press and hold to quickly reverse through a track. Release to return to playing speed. See USB Port (8 Inch Screen) 0 113 or Bluetooth Audio 0 117. 3. O (Power) . Press to turn the power on. the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next track or strongest station or channel. . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the next track. Press and hold to fast forward through a track. Release to return to playing speed. See USB Port (8 Inch Screen) 0 113 or Bluetooth Audio 0 117. 5. S BACK . Press to return to the previous display in a menu. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 106 Infotainment System Home Page The Home Page is where vehicle application icons are accessed. Some applications are disabled when the vehicle is moving. Touch the application icon to store as a favorite, and the name of the application will show in the favorites. b / g : For vehicles with Bluetooth, press to interact with those systems. Managing Home Page Icons 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page icons to edit that icon. 2. Drag the icon to a new location on the Home Page or to save it to the applications tray. to end speech recognition, or to end a current call. Press to silence the vehicle speakers while using the infotainment system. Press again to turn the sound on. 3. Press { to exit edit mode. Steering Wheel Controls The Home Page can be set up to have up to five pages with eight icons per page. Touch h to go left or k to go right or slide a finger left/right across the display to access the pages of icons. For vehicles with Bluetooth systems, press to reject an incoming call or end a current call. _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio source. Toggle up or down to select the next or previous favorite radio station, MP3 track, USB file, iPod/iPhone song, or Bluetooth music. Toggle and hold up or down to fast forward or reverse the radio stations, MP3 tracks, USB files, iPod/iPhone songs, or Bluetooth music. k : Touch to go to the next Home Page. h : Touch to go to the previous Home Page. l : Touch this interaction selector to + x − : Press + or − to increase or decrease the volume. display the favorites list. Touch and hold a preset to begin the process of saving a favorite application. $ / i : Press to decline an incoming call, Using the System If equipped, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel. Home Page Features Touch the icons on the Home Page to launch an application. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System Audio Touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Available sources are AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), MyMedia, USB, Bluetooth, and AUX Input. Phone Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone main page. See Bluetooth (Overview for 8 Inch Screen) 0 123 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using the Phone for 8 Inch Screen) 0 123 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition for 8 Inch Screen) 0 126. Projection Touch the Projection icon to activate Android Auto or Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto (8 Inch Screen) 0 128. Apps If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for download. Touch the Apps icon on the Home Page to begin. Downloading and using apps requires Internet connectivity which can be accessed with a data plan through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, if equipped, or a compatible mobile device hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the vehicle’s Settings menu under Mobile Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, or similar. To purchase data for the in-vehicle Wi-Fi hotspot, if equipped, touch the myBuick icon on the Home Page or contact an OnStar Advisor. The vehicle must have active OnStar or connected service and a payment method on file. Availability of apps and connectivity varies by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data plan rates apply. Features are subject to change. For more information, see my.buick.com/learn. Settings Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu. See Settings (8 Inch Screen) 0 129. 107 Applications Tray The applications tray is at the top center of the display. The applications tray can have three to five applications. To add an application from the Home Page to the applications tray: 1. Touch and hold any icon on the Home Page to enter edit mode. 2. Drag the icon to the applications tray. To remove an item from the applications tray, drag the icon from the applications tray back to the Home Page. Adding or removing applications from the applications tray will not remove them from the Home Page. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 108 Infotainment System Infotainment Display Features Touch and Hold Nudge Touch and hold can be used to start another gesture, move, or delete an application. Nudge is used to move items a short distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold and move the selected item up or down to a new location. Infotainment display features show on the display when available. When a feature is unavailable, the option for the feature may gray out. When a feature is touched, the option for the feature may highlight. Infotainment Gestures Use the following finger gestures to control the infotainment system. Touch/Tap Drag Fling or Swipe Touch/tap is used to select an icon or option, activate an application, or change the location inside a map. Drag is used to move applications on the Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the item, it must be held and moved along the display to the new location. This can be done up, down, right, or left. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a list, pan the map, or change page views. Do this by placing a finger on the display then moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Radio Turn While on the audio main page the available sources are: AM, FM, SXM, if equipped, MyMedia, USB, Bluetooth, and AUX Input. . Touch Audio on the Home Page to access Radio on the infotainment display to scroll through AM, FM, and SXM (if equipped). . Touch the Audio icon on the Home Page to access Media on the infotainment display to scroll through MyMedia, USB, Bluetooth, and AUX Input. Turn O on the center stack to increase or decrease the volume. Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. Software Updates Over-the-Air Software Updates See Settings (8 Inch Screen) 0 129 for details on software updates. AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) Playing the Radio Infotainment System Settings Touch the Radio icon on the infotainment display to access broadcast sources. Touch the Menu icon on the infotainment display to display the following menus: Tone Settings: . Bass, Midrange, Treble, or Surround, if equipped: Touch + or – to adjust. 109 S or T for more sound from the left or right speakers. The middle position balances the sound between the left and right speakers. . Fade: Touch y or z for more sound from the front or rear speakers. The middle position balances the sound between the front and rear speakers. . Balance: Touch DSP Modes (If Equipped): . Bose Centerpoint surround sound system has four DSP modes including: ‐ Normal: Adjusts the audio to provide the best sound for all seating positions. ‐ Driver: Adjusts the audio to provide the best sound for the driver. ‐ Rear: Adjusts the audio to provide the best sound for the rear seat occupants. ‐ Centerpoint: Turns on Bose Centerpoint surround technology. This setting creates a surround sound from nearly any audio source; existing stereo, and MP3 players. For more information on Bose Centerpoint surround technology, see www.boseautomotive.com. Categories : Touch Categories under the Audio menu to access the categories list for AM or FM. The list contains names associated with the AM and FM stations. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 110 Infotainment System Touch a category name to display a list of stations for that category. Selecting a station from the list will tune the radio to that station and return the display to Now Playing. www.boseautomotive.com. This feature can be turned on or off. Press q BACK or S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. EQ : If equipped with a Bose sound system, the Equalizer settings are selected through the tone settings menu. Touch the left or right arrows to cycle through the EQ options. The available choices are Manual and Talk. HD Radio (If Equipped) : For AM, FM, and SXM (if equipped), touch to turn HD Radio (if equipped) reception on or off. Touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on vehicle speed. The options are Off, Low, Medium - Low, Medium, Medium - High, or High. Press q BACK or S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Technology (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in the vehicle and speed. When turned on, AudioPilot detects noise and vehicle speed to continuously adjust the audio signal so that music will sound the same at a set volume level. This feature is most effective at lower radio volume settings where background noise can affect how well the music is being played. See Update Station List : For AM, FM, and SXM (if equipped), touch to update the station list. Touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. Finding a Station Seeking a Station Pressg, 7 or d, 6 on the center stack to search for the previous or next strongest station. Tuning a Station Touch the TUNE icon on the infotainment display to switch to Direct Tune. Touch the left or right arrow to manually search for a station. Direct Tune Access Direct Tune by touching TUNE on the infotainment display to bring up the keypad. Navigate up and down through all frequencies or directly enter a station using the keypad. When a new station is entered, the information about that station displays on the right side. This information will update with each new valid frequency tuned. The keypad will gray out entries that do not contribute to a valid frequency and will automatically place a decimal point within the frequency number. A valid station will automatically tune to the new frequency but not close the Direct Tune window. Touch the Back icon on the infotainment display or touch Exit to close the Direct Tune window. The tune arrows on the right side of the Direct Tune display tunes through the complete station list one station step at a time per touch. A touch and hold advances 10 frequency steps per second. Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System In AM-FM modes, touch the left or right arrows on the infotainment display for the radio to go to the next or previous strong station. Touch Direct Tune to advance to the next or previous frequency step in AM or FM mode or directly enter or tune to the frequency on the keypad. HD radio multicast stations cannot be tuned directly through the Direct Tune feature. Only the analog or HD1 station can use that feature. Use the TUNE icon on the infotainment display to adjust to the multicast stations. AM-FM Categories The categories list contains category names associated with AM-FM stations. Selecting a given category name displays a list of stations for that category. Storing Presets Favorites are stored near the bottom of the display. Up to 60 preset favorites can be stored: AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio Stations : Touch and hold a preset to save the current station as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite station. Mixed-Audio Favorites While in the respective menu, drag up on the top border of the favorites bar to view favorites. Touch and hold a favorite preset and then select the desired item to save as a favorite. Favorites that can be stored include media, contacts, destinations, navigation, or applications. AM-FM Categories are available under the AM and FM audio menu. Touch AM-FM Categories to gain access to the AM and FM Categories list. 111 To scroll through the favorites: . Drag up from near the bottom to display the favorites. To close the favorites, drag them down. . Slide a finger to the right or left to scroll through each page of favorites. Tone Settings : Touch and hold a preset to store the current tone settings as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite tone setting. The number of favorites displayed is automatically adjusted by default, but can be manually adjusted in the Settings menu under Radio and then Number of Favorites Shown. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 112 Infotainment System HD Radio Technology If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with features such as digital quality sound, more stations available on a single frequency such as HD2 and HD3, and display information such as artist and song title. From the Now Playing display, touch the HD Radio icon to turn HD on or off. Station Access To access HD Radio stations: 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Radio is turned on and the station is broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will automatically tune to the HD version of the current channel (HD1) after several seconds. The radio will also display icons representing additional channels (HD2, ...HD8), that may be available. When the radio successfully tunes to a HD station, the HD logo will display and digital audio will play. 2. Touch 7 or 6 on the infotainment display to tune to the previous or next HD Radio station. There may be a delay before the station starts playing. The HD Radio station number is indicated next to the HD logo. HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. For a list of all stations, see www.hdradio.com. HD Radio Troubleshooting Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to process. This can take several seconds. Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be weak, the station is out of range, or the station may be out of alignment. Verify proper reception on another station. If the HD Radio signal loses reception while listening to HD1, the radio will go back to the analog version of the radio station. If the HD Radio signal loses reception while listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio mutes until the signal can be recovered or until the station is changed. HD Radio reception can be disabled if driving in a weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/ Off to toggle HD Radio reception on and off. Satellite Radio SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service (If Equipped) Vehicles with a valid SiriusXM satellite radio subscription can receive SiriusXM programming. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in digital-quality sound. See www.siriusxm.com or call 1-888-601-6296 in the U.S. In Canada, see www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, number, category name, song title, and artist show on the infotainment display. SiriusXM Menu SiriusXM has a menu to adjust different features. Touching Menu in the infotainment display may show the following: Tone Settings : Touch + or – to adjust the tone settings. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System TuneSelect : For SiriusXM only, this feature allows for an alert to be set for artists or songs that are played on any channel. Touch Manage Tune Select to turn the alerts On and Off or manage the saved selection of Artists or Songs. To unselect an alert, touch the Song or Artist. To delete an alert, touch –. Touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Technology (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in the vehicle and speed. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Radio Reception Unplug electronic devices from the accessory power outlets if there is interference or static in the radio. FM FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference, some static can occur, especially around tall buildings or hills, causing the sound to fade in and out. AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM, especially at night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other. Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio. SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service provides digital radio reception. Tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals, causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM signal for a period of time. Cell Phone Usage Cell phone usage, such as making or receiving phone calls, charging, or just having the phone on may cause static interference in the radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off if this happens. 113 Multi-Band Antenna The roof antenna is for SiriusXM Satellite Radio, OnStar, GPS (Global Positioning System), and AM-FM. Keep clear of obstructions for clear reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, reception can also be affected. Audio Players Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices When using media devices such as SD cards, USB devices, and mobile devices, consider the source. Untrusted media devices could contain files that affect system operation or performance. Avoid use if the content or origin cannot be trusted. USB Port (8 Inch Screen) Audio stored on a USB device may be listened to. The vehicle may be equipped with two USB ports inside the center console storage. These ports are for data and charging. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 114 Infotainment System Caution To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all accessories and disconnect all accessory cables from the vehicle when not in use. Accessory cables left plugged into the vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be damaged or cause an electrical short if the unconnected end comes in contact with liquids or another power source such as the accessory power outlet. Playing from a USB A USB mass storage device can be connected to the USB port. Gracenote When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote service builds voice tags for music. Voice tags allow artists, albums with hard to pronounce names, and nicknames to be used to play music through voice recognition. While indexing, infotainment features are available. My Media Library This allows access to content from all indexed media sources. Touch the Media icon on the infotainment display to scroll through the options until MyMedia is selected. Use gestures or touch the scroll bar to go through the content. USB MP3 Player and USB Devices . The USB MP3 players and USB devices connected must comply with the USB Mass Storage Class specification (USB MSC). . Hard disk drives are not supported. . The following restrictions apply for the data stored on a USB MP3 player or USB device: ‐ Applicable audio extensions are mp3, aac, m4a, and aif. ‐ WMA and Apple lossless files are not supported. ‐ Supported file systems are FAT32 and NTFS. To play a USB device, do one of the following: . Connect the USB. . Touch Media on the infotainment display until the connected device is shown. Use the following when playing an active USB source: r : Touch to play the current media source. j : Touch to pause play of the current media source. 7: . Press to seek to the beginning of the current or previous track. If the track has been playing for less than five seconds, the previous track plays. If playing longer than five seconds, the current track restarts. . Press and hold to reverse quickly through playback. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays. 6: . Press to seek to the next track. . Press and hold to advance quickly through playback. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays. Z : Touch the shuffle icon on the infotainment display to shuffle through the available media. / : Touch the replay icon on the infotainment display to show the timebar. Move the timebar to interact with the currently playing song. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System Tone : Touch Tone on the infotainment display to access Tone Settings. Set Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, and Fade. USB Menu Touch Menu to display the USB menu. The following may be available: Shuffle : Touch to play the tracks randomly. Touch again to stop shuffle. Tone : Touch + or – to adjust the tone settings. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on the speed of the vehicle. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Technology (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in the vehicle and speed. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. USB Browse Menu Touch anywhere between the top and bottom menus to view the Browse menu and the following options appear near the bottom of the display: Playlists: 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on the USB. 2. Select a playlist to view the list of all songs in that playlist. 3. Select a song from the list to begin playback. Artists: 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored on the USB. 2. Select an artist name to view a list of all albums by the artist. 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or touch an album and then select a song from the list. Albums: 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. 2. Touch the album to view a list of all songs on the album. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. Songs: 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on the USB. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from the list. 115 Genres: 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of all content of that genre. 3. Touch artists to view a list of albums. 4. Touch an album to view a list of songs. 5. Touch a song to begin playback. Podcasts, Composers, and Audio Books are shown when the More option is touched from near the bottom of the display. Podcasts: 1. Touch to view the podcasts on the USB. 2. Touch a podcast. If episodes exist, touch an episode. Composers: 1. Touch to view the composers on the USB. 2. Touch Composer to view a list of albums by that composer. 3. Touch an album to view a list of songs on that album. 4. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 116 Infotainment System Audiobooks: 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on the USB. 2. Touch audiobook. 3. Touch a chapter to begin playback. File System and Naming Auxiliary Jack The songs, artists, albums, and genres are taken from the file’s song information and are only displayed if present. The radio displays the file name as the track name if the song information is not available. This vehicle has an auxiliary input jack in the center console under the armrest. Possible auxiliary audio sources include: . Laptop computer . Audio music player Supported Apple Devices See my.buick.com/learn. Loss of Audio When a list of songs, albums, artists, or other types of media displays, a vertical keyboard appears on one side of the list and a scroll bar on the other side. When using the vertical keyboard, touch the beginning character of the desired name to display the zoom bubble of that character. Release the finger from the infotainment display and the zoom bubble disappears. Touch the scroll bar to move the list up and down. If a phone currently paired over Bluetooth is plugged in with a USB cable, the system will automatically mute the phone audio. Playback can be resumed by changing the audio source from Bluetooth to USB cable. Source USB from Media on the infotainment display to resume playback. Bluetooth Streaming Audio and Voice Recognition See Bluetooth Audio 0 117 for information using voice recognition with Bluetooth streaming audio. Make sure all devices have the latest software downloaded. This jack is not an audio output. Do not plug headphones into the auxiliary input jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the vehicle is in P (Park). Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. When a device is connected, the system can play audio from the device over the vehicle speakers. If an auxiliary device has already been connected, but a different source is currently active, touch Media on the infotainment display to scroll through audio sources, until the AUX source displays. Playing from the AUX Port An auxiliary device is played through the audio system and controlled through the device itself. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System AUX Menu Press MENU on the center stack to display the AUX menu and the following may display: Tone Settings : Select to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Technology (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in the vehicle and speed. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using the Phone for 8 Inch Screen) 0 123 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition for 8 Inch Screen) 0 126 for help pairing a device. Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on the speed of the vehicle. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. The music can be controlled by either the infotainment controls, or the controls on the device. Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Technology (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in the vehicle and speed. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Music can be launched by touching Media on the infotainment display. To play music through Bluetooth: 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect the device. 2. Once paired, go into the audio application from the Home Page or through the applications tray. Touch Media and then scroll until Bluetooth displays. DSP Modes (If Equipped) : With a Bose Centerpoint sound system, adjusts the DSP modes. See “DSP Modes (If Equipped)” in AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. Bluetooth Audio Menu Bluetooth Audio Tone : Touch + or – to adjust the tone settings. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. If equipped, music may be played from a paired Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview for 8 Inch Screen) 0 123 or 117 Touch Menu on the infotainment display to access the Bluetooth Audio menu. The following may be available: Touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. Manage Bluetooth Devices : Touch to go to the Bluetooth page to add or delete devices. When selecting Bluetooth audio, the radio may not be able to launch the audio player on the connected device to start playing. When the vehicle is not moving, choose the connected device to begin playback. All devices launch audio differently. When selecting Bluetooth audio as a source, the radio may show as paused on the display. Touch play on the device or touch r to begin playback. Some phones support sending Bluetooth music information to display on the radio. When the radio receives this information, it will check to see if any is available and display it. For more information about supported Bluetooth features, see www.gm.com/bluetooth. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 118 Infotainment System OnStar System (8 Inch Screen) vary by region and model. Features are subject to change. For more information on this feature, see my.buick.com/learn 4G LTE Voice Recognition OnStar System If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and laptops, can be connected to high-speed Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi hotspot. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, details, and system limitations. Service and connectivity may vary by make, model, year, carrier, availability, and conditions. 4G LTE service is available in select markets. 4G LTE performance is based on industry averages and vehicle systems design. Some services require a data plan. The OnStar App If equipped, the infotainment system has OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app on the Home Page. All OnStar functions that can be performed with the buttons can be done using the app. To open the app, select the OnStar icon on the Home Page. Features Voice Recognition (8 Inch Screen) If equipped, voice recognition allows for hands-free operation within the navigation, audio, phone, and weather applications. This feature can be started by pressing g on the steering wheel controls or by touching g on the infotainment display. However, not all features within these areas are supported by voice commands. Generally, only complex tasks that require multiple manual interactions to complete are supported by voice commands. For example, tasks that take more than one or two touches such as selecting a song or artist to play from a media device would be supported by voice commands. Other tasks, like adjusting the volume or seeking up or down, are audio features that are easily performed by pressing one or two controls, and are not supported by voice commands. In general there are flexible ways to speak commands for completing the tasks. Most of them, except voice keypad, can be completed in a single command. If the task takes more than one command to complete, the first command should be to indicate the kind of task to be performed. The system replies with prompts that lead you through a dialog to enter the necessary information. Voice recognition can be used when the ignition is on or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. Using Voice Recognition Voice recognition becomes available once the system has been initialized. This begins when the ignition is turned on. Initialization may take a few moments. 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls to activate voice recognition, or touch g on the infotainment display. 2. The audio system mutes and the system plays a prompt followed by a beep. 3. Wait until after the beep completes, then clearly speak one of the commands described in this section. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System A voice recognition system prompt can be interrupted while it is playing by pressing g on the steering wheel controls again. For example, if the prompt seems to be taking too long to finish, press g again and the beep should happen right away. There are two voice prompt modes supported: . Long verbal prompts: The longer prompts provide more information regarding the supported actions. . Short prompts: The short prompts provide simple instructions about what can be stated. If a command is not spoken, the voice recognition system says a help prompt. Prompts and Screen Displays While a voice recognition session is active, there will be corresponding options on screens displayed. Manual interaction in the voice recognition session is permitted. Interaction during a voice session may be completed entirely using voice commands, or some selections may expedite a session. If a selection is made using a manual control, the dialog will progress in the same way as if the selection was made through a voice command. Once the system is able to complete the task, or the session is terminated, the voice recognition dialog stops. An example of this type of manual intervention is touching an entry of a displayed number list instead of speaking the number associated with the entry desired. Canceling Voice Recognition . Touch the Home Page. Touching this icon will terminate a voice recognition session which was initiated by touching the icon on the infotainment display. . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to terminate the voice recognition session and display the screen from which voice recognition was initiated. c on the steering wheel controls to terminate the voice session and show the display from which voice recognition was initiated. . Press Most languages do not support natural language commands in sentence form. For those languages, use direct commands like the examples on the display. 119 Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands Voice recognition can understand commands that are either naturally stated in sentence form, or direct commands that state the application and the task. For best results: . Listen for the prompt and wait for the beep before saying a command or reply. . Say “Help” or look at the infotainment display for example commands. . Voice recognition prompt can be interrupted while it is playing by pressing g on the steering wheel controls again. For example, if the prompt seems to be taking too long to finish, to speak the command without waiting for the prompt to complete, press g again and wait for the beep. . Speak the command naturally, not too fast, not too slow. Use direct commands without a lot of extra words. . Usually Phone and Audio commands can be spoken in a single command. For example, “Call David Smith at work,” “Play” followed by the artist or song name, or “Tune” followed by the radio station number. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 120 Infotainment System There is no need to memorize specific command words. Direct commands might be more clearly understood by the system. An example of a direct command would be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of these direct commands are displayed on most of the screens while a voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is stated, the system understands that a phone call is requested and will respond with questions until enough details are gathered. If the phone number has been saved with a name and a place, the direct command should include both, for example “Call David Smith at work.” Using Voice Recognition for List Options When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will ask to confirm or select an option from that list. A selection can be made by manually selecting the item, or by speaking the line number for the item to select. When a screen contains a list, there may be options that are available but not displayed. The list on a voice recognition screen functions the same as a list on other screens. Scrolling or flinging can be used to help display other entries from the list. Manually scrolling or paging the list on a screen during a voice recognition session suspends the current voice recognition event and plays the prompt “Make your selection from the list using the manual controls, press q BACK or S BACK on the center stack, or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to try again.” If manual selection takes more than 15 seconds, the session terminates and prompts that it has timed out. The screen returns to the screen where voice recognition was initiated. The Back Command Say “Back,” press q BACK or S BACK on the center stack, or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go to the previous menu. If in voice recognition, and “Back” is stated all the way through to the initial display, then “Back” is stated one more time, the voice recognition session will cancel. Help Say “Help” on any voice recognition menu and the help prompt for the display is played. Additionally, a pop-up displays a text version of the help prompt. Depending on how voice recognition was initiated, the Help pop-up will either display on the instrument cluster or the infotainment display. Touch Dismiss to make the pop-up go away. Pressing g on the steering wheel controls while the help prompt is playing will terminate the prompt and a beep will be heard. Doing this will stop the help prompt so that a voice command can be used. Voice Recognition for the Radio All audio screens have a voice recognition icon (g) to launch audio voice recognition. If the voice icon is touched in a radio display, the voice commands for radio and media features are available. “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and tune to the last AM radio station. “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and tune to the last FM radio station. “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. “Tune to AM” : Tune to the radio station whose frequency is identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System 121 “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific song name. “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. “Play Song ” : Begin playback of the identified song name in the command. “Play Audiobook ” : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command. “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific genre. “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. “Play Genre ” : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command. “Play Episode ” : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command. Voice Recognition for Audio My Media “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific playlist name. “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. If browsing My Media when the voice icon is selected, the voice recognition commands for My Media features are available. “Play Playlist ” : Begin playback of the identified playlist in the command. “Play Podcast ” : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command. “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific artist name. “Play Video” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. “Play Artist ” : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command. “Play ” : Play music from a specific device identified by name. The device name is the name displayed on the screen when the device is first selected as an audio source. “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific album name. “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. “Play Album ” : Begin playback of the identified album name in the command. “Play Chapter ” : Begin playback of the media selection identified in the command. “Tune to FM” : Tune to the radio station whose frequency is identified in the command (like “one oh one point one”). “Tune to SXM ” : Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel number is identified in the command. “Tune to SXM ” : Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel name is identified in the command. “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the desired media content. Handling Large Amounts of Media Content It is expected that large amounts of media content will be brought into the vehicle. It may be necessary to handle large amounts of media content in a different way than smaller amounts of media. The system may limit the options of voice Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 122 Infotainment System recognition by not allowing selection of song titles by voice at the highest level if the number of songs exceeds the maximum limit. Voice command option changes through media content limits are: . Song files including other individual files of all media types such as audiobook chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. . Album type folders including types such as albums and audiobooks. There are no restrictions if the number of song files and albums is less than 4,000. When the number of song files connected to the system is between 4,000 and 8,000, the content cannot be accessed directly with one command like “Play .” The restriction is that the command “Play Song” must be spoken first; the system will then ask for the song name. The reply command would be to say the name of the song to play. Similar limits exist for album content. If there are more than 4,000 albums, but less than 8,000, the content cannot be accessed directly with one command like, “Play .” The command “Play Album” must first be spoken; the system will then ask for the album name. The reply would be to say the name of the album to play. “Call ” : Initiate a call to a standard phone number or to a local emergency number. Once the number of songs has exceeded approximately 8,000, there is no support for accessing the songs directly through voice commands. There will still be access to the media content by using commands for playlists, artists, and genres. “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing process. Follow instructions on the radio display. The access commands for playlists, artists, and genres are prohibited after the number of this type of media exceeds 4,000. The system will provide feedback the first time voice recognition is initiated if it has become apparent that any of these limits are reached during a device initializing process. Voice Recognition for the Phone “Switch Phone” : Select a different phone for outgoing calls. “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter special numbers like international numbers. The numbers can be entered in groups of digits with each group of digits being repeated back by the system. If the group of digits is not correct, the command “Delete” will remove the last group of digits and allow them to be re-entered. Once the entire number has been entered, the command “Call” will start dialing the number. “Call ” : Initiate a call to an entered contact. The command may include location if the contact has location numbers stored. Voice Pass-Thru “Call At Home,” “At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to an entered contact and location at home, at work, on mobile device, or on another phone. Voice pass-thru allows access to the voice recognition commands on the cell phone, for example, Siri or Voice Command. See the cell phone manufacturer's user guide to see if the cell phone supports this feature. To “Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice mail numbers. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System activate the phone voice recognition system, press and hold g on the steering wheel controls for a few seconds. Phone Bluetooth (Overview for 8 Inch Screen) The Bluetooth-capable system can interact with many cell phones, allowing: . Placement and receipt of calls in a hands-free mode. . Sharing of the cell phone’s address book or contact list with the vehicle. To minimize driver distraction, before driving, and with the vehicle parked: . Become familiar with the features of the cell phone. Organize the phone book and contact lists clearly and delete duplicate or rarely used entries. If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts. . Review the controls and operation of the infotainment system. . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. The system may not work with all cell phones. See “Pairing” in this section. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a Hands-Free Profile to make and receive phone calls. The infotainment system and voice recognition are used to control the system. The system can be used with the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions and not all phones work with the Bluetooth system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth for more information about compatible phones. Bluetooth Controls Use the infotainment display features on the infotainment system or press the steering wheel icon to operate the Bluetooth system. Steering Wheel Controls g : Press to answer incoming calls, confirm system information, and start voice recognition. c : Press to end a call, decline a call, or cancel an operation. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call. 123 Infotainment System Features For information about how to navigate the menu system using the infotainment features, see Overview (8 Inch Screen) 0 105. Phone : Touch the Home Page to enter the phone main menu. Audio System When using the Bluetooth system, sound comes through the vehicle's front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system. Press O during a call to change the volume level. The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls. The system maintains a minimum volume level. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using the Phone for 8 Inch Screen) Pairing A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone must be paired to the Bluetooth system and then connected to the vehicle before it can be used. See the cell phone manufacturer's user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 124 Infotainment System Pairing Information . A Bluetooth phone with music capability can be paired to the vehicle as a phone and a music player at the same time. . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the Bluetooth system. . The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving. . Pairing only needs to be completed once, unless the pairing information on the cell phone changes or the cell phone is deleted from the system. . One Bluetooth device can be connected to the Bluetooth system at a time. . If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone in the order that they were last used in the system. To link to a different paired phone, see “Connecting to a Different Phone” later in this section. Pairing a Phone 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. 2. Select Phones and select Pair New Device. 3. A four-digit Personal Identification Number (PIN) appears on the display. The PIN, if required, may be used in Step 5. 4. Start the pairing process on the cell phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the cell phone manufacturer's user guide for information on this process. 5. Locate “Buick” on the display. Follow the instructions provided in Step 3, to enter the PIN. After the PIN is successfully entered or the code is confirmed, the system responds with “ has been successfully paired” when the pairing process is complete. 6. If “Buick” does not appear, turn the phone off or remove the phone battery and retry. 7. If the phone prompts to accept connection or allow phone book download, select Always Accept and Allow. The phone book may not be available if not accepted. 8. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair additional phones. Disconnecting a Connected Phone 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. 2. Touch Phones. Listing All Paired and Connected Phones 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. 2. Touch Phones. To switch between handset or handsfree mode, touch Phone on the Home Page to display “Call View.” 3. Touch z next to the phone to disconnect. Deleting a Paired Phone Only disconnected phones can be deleted. 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. 2. Touch Phones. 3. Touch M next to the phone to delete and follow the on-screen prompts. Connecting to a Different Phone To connect to a different phone, the new phone must be in the vehicle and paired to the Bluetooth system. 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. 2. Touch Phones. 3. Touch the new phone to connect to from the not connected device list. Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System . While the active call is hands-free, touch the Handset option to switch to the handset mode. The Handset option changes to Handsfree once the Bluetooth device confirms it is operating as handset. . While the active call is handset, touch the Handsfree option to switch to the hands-free mode. The Handsfree option changes to Handset once the Bluetooth device confirms it is operating as handsfree. 125 2. Touch Contacts. 3. Touch the name to call. 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. . Touch Answer on the infotainment To 1. 2. 3. 4. To decline a call: . Press c on the steering wheel controls. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. make a call using the Recent Calls menu: Touch Phone on the Home Page. Touch Recent. Touch the name or number to call. If necessary, select between Missed, Recent, and Sent calls by touching View in the top right corner of the list. display. Declining a Call Call Waiting Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent Calls Making a Call Using the Keypad Accepting a Call Calls can be made through the Bluetooth system using personal cell phone contact information for all phones that support the Phone Book feature. Become familiar with the phone settings and operation. Verify the cell phone supports this feature. To make a call by dialing the numbers: 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone number. 3. Touch Call to start dialing the number. To accept a call-waiting call: . Press g on the steering wheel controls. . Touch Switch on the infotainment display. When supported, the Contacts and Recent Calls menus are automatically available. Accepting or Declining a Call . Press c on the steering wheel controls. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book stored in the cell phone. The Recent Calls menu accesses the recent call list(s) from your cell phone. To make a call using the Contacts menu: 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. When an incoming call is received, the infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. Accepting a Call To accept a call: . Press g on the steering wheel controls. Declining a Call To decline a call-waiting call: Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting Calls Only) To switch between calls, touch Phone on the Home Page to display “Call View.” While in Call View, touch the call information of the call on hold to change calls. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 126 Infotainment System Three-Way Calling Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones Three-way calling must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work. The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers during a call. This is used when calling a menu-driven phone system. 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. 2. While in the Call View, touch the up arrow to raise the interaction selector. 3. Touch Keypad and enter the number. To start a three-way call while in a current call: 1. In the Call View, touch Add to add another call. 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from Recent, Contacts, or Keypad. 3. When the second call is active, touch Merge to conference the three-way call together. 4. Once all calls are merged, the Merge option becomes an Unmerge option. Touch to unmerge the calls. Some wireless service carriers may not allow a merged call to become unmerged. Ending a Call . Press c on the steering wheel controls. . Touch End on the infotainment display to end all existing calls, or touch End next to a call to end only that call. Voice Mail The default voice mail number is the phone number of the outgoing phone source. The voice mail number can be changed in Bluetooth settings. To 1. 2. 3. 4. dial a voice mail number: Touch Phone on the Home Page. Touch Voice Mail. Touch Call. Enter the DTMF tones using the keypad if needed. Bluetooth (Voice Recognition for 8 Inch Screen) Using Bluetooth Voice Recognition To use voice recognition, press g on the steering wheel controls. Use the commands below for the various voice features. For additional information, say “Help” while in a voice recognition menu. See Voice Recognition (8 Inch Screen) 0 118 for help using voice recognition commands. Making a Call Calls can be made using the following commands. Using the “Dial” or “Call” Command To call a number: 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls. The system responds “Command Please,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call” followed by the complete phone number. Use the “Voice Keypad” command for international numbers or special numbers which include * or #. Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio speakers. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System To call using a contact from your phone book: 1. Press g. The system responds “Command Please,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call” and then say the contact name, for example, “Call at Work.” Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio speakers. Calling Local Emergency Number 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls. The system responds “Command Please,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Call .” Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio speakers. Using the “Switch Phone” Command 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls. The system responds “Command Please,” followed by a tone. 2. After the tone, say “Switch Phone.” The system displays a list of phones to select. Using the “Voice Keypad” Command 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls. The system responds “Command Please,” followed by a tone. 2. After the tone, say “Voice Keypad.” The system allows entry of special numbers and characters. Using the “Voice Mail” Command 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls. The system responds “Command Please,” followed by a tone. 2. After the tone, say “Voice Mail.” The system dials the voice mail number of the connected phone. Clearing the System Unless information is deleted out of the vehicle Bluetooth system, it will be retained. This includes phone pairing information. For directions on how to delete this information, see “Deleting a Paired Phone.” Text Messaging (8 Inch Screen) If equipped, the infotainment system may allow text messages to be received and replied to. Received messages can also be read aloud. 127 Before using the text messaging feature, check to see if the phone is compatible. To view compatible phones in U.S., see my.buick.com. Text Menu Inbox : Touch to display incoming messages. To view a message, touch the name of the sender. Touch > to listen to the text message. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. Settings : See “Text Settings” later in this section. Reply : Touch to reply using a predefined text message. See “Text Settings.” Call : Touch to place a call to the sender of the text message. Viewing a Text Message While viewing a text message: . Touch Reply to reply using a predefined text message. . Touch Call to place a call to the sender of the text message. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 128 Infotainment System Viewing Sender Information If equipped, touch the name of the sender to view sender information if this information matches contact information already stored. Select a Predefined Message : Touch to select from a set of quick messages. Touch the message to send. Predefined Messages These are short text messages that can be used to send so responses will not have to be typed. The messages can be deleted or a new message can be added. To add a new message: 1. Touch Text Settings, then touch Manage Predefined Messages. 2. While in the predefined messages list view, select Add New Predefined Message and a keyboard displays. 3. Type a new message and touch NEW MSG when done to add the message. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the predefined messages list. Touch z to delete one character at a time. Memory Full This message may display if there is no more room on the phone to store messages. Text Settings Text Alerts : When on, this feature will display an alert when a new text message has been received. Touch to turn on or off. Manage Predefined Messages : Touch to add, change, or delete predefined messages. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto (8 Inch Screen) If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay capability may be available through a compatible smartphone. If available, PROJECTION will appear on the Home Page of the infotainment display. To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: 1. Download the Android Auto app to your phone from the Google Play store. No app is required for Apple CarPlay. 2. Connect an Android phone or iPhone by using the compatible phone USB cable and plugging into a USB data port. For best performance, use the device’s factory-provided USB cable. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work. 3. When the phone is first connected to activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, the message “Device Projection Privacy Consent” will appear. . Touch Continue to launch Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. . Touch Disable to remove Apple CarPlay and Android Auto capability from the vehicle Settings menu. Other functions may still work. PROJECTION on the Home Page will change to Android Auto or Apple CarPlay depending on the phone. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch upon USB connection. If not, touch the ANDROID AUTO and/or APPLE CARPLAY icon on the Home Page to launch. Press Home on the center stack to return to the Home Page. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System Features are subject to change. For further information on how to set up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see my.buick.com. Android Auto is provided by Google and is subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto support see https://support.google.com/ androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support see www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may change or suspend availability at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Google Play, and other marks are trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc. 2. Select the desired function. Valet Mode To set the time or date, touch « or ª to change the hour, minutes, AM, PM, day, month, or year. If equipped, this will lock the infotainment system and steering wheel controls. It may also limit top speed, power, and access to vehicle storage locations (if equipped). To change the 12-24 Hr setting, touch 12-24 Hr. To turn Auto Set on and off, touch Auto Set. If auto timing is set, the time displayed on the clock may not update immediately when driving into a new time zone. Auto set requires an active OnStar or connected service plan. Press S BACK on the center stack to go to the last menu and save the changes or { to return to the Home Page. Settings Language Settings (8 Inch Screen) This will set the display language in the radio, instrument cluster, and voice recognition. Touch Language and select the appropriate language. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. The Settings Menu allows adjustment of different vehicle and radio features. The menu may contain the following: Time and Date To set the time or date: 1. Select Settings from the Home Page, then select Time and Date. 129 To enable valet mode: 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. 2. Touch Enter to go to the confirmation screen. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the system. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. Radio Touch to display the Radio Menu and the following may display: . Manage Favorites: Touch to highlight a favorite to edit. Touch Rename to rename the favorite or Delete to delete it. Touch and hold the station to drag it to a new location. Touch Done to go back to the previous menu. . Number of Favorites Shown: Touch to set the number of favorites to display. Select Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 130 Infotainment System 55, or 60. Auto will adjust the number of favorite locations that can be seen. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. . Audible Touch Feedback: This allows Audible Touch Feedback to be turned on or off. Select Off or On. . Tone Settings: Touch + or − to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, or Surround. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. . Audio Volume (If Equipped): This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. . Bose AudioPilot noise compensation technology (If Equipped): This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in the vehicle and speed. See AM-FM Radio (8 Inch Screen) 0 109. . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature sets the maximum startup volume. If the vehicle is started and the volume is greater than this level, the volume is adjusted to this level. To set the maximum startup volume, touch + or − to increase or decrease. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. Vehicle Settings See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Bluetooth From the Bluetooth option, the following may be displayed: . Pair New Device: Touch to add a new device. . Device Management: Touch to connect to a different phone source, disconnect a phone, or delete a phone. . Ringtones: Touch to change the ring tone for the specific phone. The phone does not need to be connected to change the ring tone. . Voice Mail Numbers: This feature displays the voice mail number for all connected phones. The voice mail number may be changed by touching Edit, typing in the new number, and touching Save. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. . Text Message Alerts: This feature will turn text message alerts on or off. Press Text Message Alerts and then select Off or On. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. See Text Messaging (8 Inch Screen) 0 127. Voice From the Voice option, the following may be displayed: . Confidence Threshold: Select Confirm More or Confirm Less for the system to confirm more or less before acting on a command. . Prompt Length: Select Short or Long for shorter or longer voice prompts. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go to the previous menu. . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, Medium, or Fast for feedback speed. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips: This feature gives voice command tips. Select Off or On. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System 131 Display Return to Factory Settings Over-the-Air Software Updates From the Display icon, the following may be displayed: . Mode: Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the display. Select Return to Factory Settings and the following list may display: . Restore Vehicle Settings: Restores factory vehicle personalization settings. Touch Restore Vehicle Settings. Touch Cancel or Restore. If Restore is touched, a confirmation pop-up will appear indicating the vehicle settings have been restored. . Clear All Private Data: If available, use to erase personal private data before loaning or selling the vehicle. Touch Clear All Private Data. Touch Cancel or Delete. If Delete is touched, a confirmation pop-up will appear indicating all private data has been cleared from the system. . Restore Radio Settings: Restores factory radio settings. Touch Restore Radio Settings. Touch Cancel or Restore. If Restore is touched, a confirmation pop-up will appear indicating the radio settings have been restored. If equipped, the infotainment system can download and install software updates over a wireless connection. The system will prompt for certain updates to be downloaded and installed. There is also an option to check for updates manually. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go to the previous menu. . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate the infotainment display and follow the prompts. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the previous menu. . Turn Off Display: Touch to turn the display off. Touch anywhere on the display area or press any center stack control again to turn the display on. Rear Camera Touch to display the Rear Camera menu. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 190. Press S BACK on the center stack or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go back to the main settings menu. To manually check for updates, touch SETTINGS on the Home Page, followed by Software Information, and then System Update. Follow the on-screen prompts. Steps for downloading and installing updates may vary by vehicle. Downloading Over-the-Air software updates requires Internet connectivity, which can be accessed through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and active. If required, data plans are provided by a third party. Optionally, a secured Wi-Fi hotspot such as a compatible mobile device hotspot, a home hotspot, or a public hotspot can be used. Applicable data rates may apply. To connect the infotainment system to a secured mobile device hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot, touch SETTINGS on the Home Page, followed by Wi-Fi, and then Manage Wi-Fi Networks. Select the Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 132 Infotainment System appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the on-screen prompts. Download speeds may vary. On most mobile devices, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the Settings menu under Mobile Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, or similar. Availability of Over-the-Air software updates varies by vehicle and country. Features are subject to change. For more information on this feature, see my.buick.com/learn. English and Metric Unit Conversion To change the display units between English and metric units, see Instrument Cluster 0 76. Trademarks and License Agreements FCC Information See Radio Frequency Statement 0 290. "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one time activation fee, and other fees may apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All fees and programming subject to change. Subscriptions subject to Customer Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. SiriusX service only available in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada. In Canada: Some deterioration of service may occur in extreme northern latitudes. This is beyond the control of SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Explicit Language Notice: Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with an “XL” preceding the channel name. Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM Satellite Radio receivers by notifying SiriusXM: . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com or call 1-888-601–6296. . Canadian Customers — See www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. It is prohibited to copy, decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, manipulate, or otherwise make available any technology or software incorporated in receivers compatible with the SiriusXM ® Satellite Radio System or that support the SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice compression software included in this product is protected by intellectual property rights including patent rights, copyrights, and trade secrets of Digital Voice Systems, Inc. General Requirements: 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is required for any product that incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to be manufactured, distributed, or marketed in the SiriusXM Service Area. 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, and/or sold in Canada, a separate agreement is required with Canadian Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM Canada). Bose Bose, AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint surround are registered trademarks of Bose Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. DTS Manufactured under license under U.S.Patent Nos: 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS, and the Symbol together are registered trademarks, and DTS 2.0 Channel is a trademark of DTS, Inc. ©DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Dolby Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Java Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. 133 postcard with your mailing address to: Cinavia Consumer Information Center, P.O. Box 86851, San Diego, CA, 92138, USA. This product incorporates proprietary technology under license from Verance Corporation and is protected by U.S. Patent 7,369,677 and other U.S. and worldwide patents issued and pending as well as copyright and trade secret protection for certain aspects of such technology. Cinavia is a trademark of Verance Corporation. Copyright 2004-2015 Verance Corporation. All rights reserved by Verance. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. RMVB Cinavia Cinavia Notice: This product uses Cinavia technology to limit the use of unauthorized copies of some commercially-produced film and videos and their soundtracks. When a prohibited use of an unauthorized copy is detected, a message will be displayed or copying will be interrupted. More information about Cinavia technology is provided at the Cinavia Online Consumer Information Center at http:// www.cinavia.com. To request additional information about Cinavia by mail, send a Portions of this software are included under license from RealNetworks, Inc. Copyright 1995-2015, RealNetworks, Inc. All rights reserved Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 134 Infotainment System Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Schedule I: Gracenote EULA Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery. For more information visit www.gracenote.com. Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. One or more patents owned by Gracenote may apply to this product and service. See the Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote" logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in the United States and/or other countries. Gracenote Terms of Use This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this application to do disc or file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online servers or embedded databases (collectively, "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End-User functions of this application or device. This application or device may contain content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote. You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN. You agree that your non-exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your license terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name. The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service. The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error-free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time. GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES. © 2015. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Unicode Copyright © 1991-2015 Unicode, Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms of Use in http://www.unicode.org/copyright.html. Free Type Project Portions of this software are copyright © 2015 The FreeType Project (http:// www.freetype.org). All rights reserved. Open Source SW Further information concerning the OSS licenses is shown in the infotainment display. QNX Portions of this software are copyright © 2008-2015, QNX Software Systems. All rights reserved. Part C – EULA Copyright 2015, Software Systems GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. 135 The product you have purchased ("Product") contains Software (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer "Manufacturer") under license from Software Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the Software in the Product and in compliance with the license terms below. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the Software in the Product for the purpose intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, you may make one backup copy of the Software as part of the Product software. QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 rights not expressly granted herein, and retain all right, title and interest in and to all copies of the Software, including all intellectual property rights therein. Unless required by applicable law you may not reproduce, distribute or transfer, or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, modify or create derivative works of, the Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels or marks in or on the Software, and to ensure that all copies bear any notice Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 136 Infotainment System contained on the original; and (2) not to export the Product or the Software in contravention of applicable export control laws. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Linotype WMA END USER NOTICE This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft. The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product. For more information on the Software, including any open source software license terms (and available source code) as well as copyright attributions applicable to the Runtime Configuration indicated above, please contact the Manufacturer or contact QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 ([email protected]). Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. Usage in text form of each of the Licensed Trademarks is: The trademark attribution requirements for the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ trademarks.html. Introduction Read the following pages to become familiar with the features. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System { Warning Taking your eyes off the road for too long or too often while using any infotainment feature can cause a crash. You or others could be injured or killed. Do not give extended attention to infotainment tasks while driving. Limit your glances at the vehicle displays and focus your attention on driving. Use voice commands whenever possible. The infotainment system has built-in features intended to help avoid distraction by disabling some features when driving. These features may gray out when they are unavailable. Many infotainment features are also available through the instrument cluster and steering wheel controls. Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation, center stack controls, steering wheel controls, and infotainment display. . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 164. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your dealer if related aftermarket equipment is installed. 137 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 138 Infotainment System . Turn to decrease or increase the Overview (7 Inch Screen) volume. Infotainment System 4. The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, the controls on the center stack, steering wheel controls. Below is the 7 inch screen controls image and overview. For 8 inch screen controls, see Overview (8 Inch Screen) 0 105. d: . Radio: Press and release to go to the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. . USB/Music: Press to go to the next content. Press and hold to fast forward. 5. #: . Press and release to access the phone screen, answer an incoming call, or access the device home screen. Home Page 1. . USB/Music: Press to go to the {: previous content. Press and hold to fast rewind. . Press to go to the Home Page. 2. g: . Radio: Press and release to go to the previous station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest previous station or channel. 3. O: O to turn the system on. Press and hold to turn off. . When on, press O to mute the system and display a status pane. Press O again to unmute the system. . When off, press The Home Page is where vehicle application icons are accessed. Some applications are disabled when the vehicle is moving. Swipe left or right across the display to access the pages of icons. Managing Home Page Icons 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page icons to enter edit mode. 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to the desired position. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in the desired position. 4. To move an application to another page, drag the icon to the edge of the display toward the desired page. 5. Continue dragging and dropping application icons as desired. Steering Wheel Controls $ / i : Press to decline an incoming call, Audio to end speech recognition, or to end a current call. Press to silence the vehicle speakers while using the infotainment system. Press again to turn the sound on. Touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Examples of available sources are AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), MyMedia, USB, AUX, and Bluetooth. For vehicles with Bluetooth systems, press to reject an incoming call or end a current call. Phone _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio source. Toggle up or down to select the next or previous favorite radio station, MP3 track, USB file, iPod/iPhone song, or Bluetooth music. Toggle and hold up or down to fast forward or reverse the radio stations, MP3 tracks, USB files, iPod/iPhone songs, or Bluetooth music. If equipped, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel. b / g : For vehicles with Bluetooth, press to interact with those systems. 139 Phone icon to display the Phone main page. See Bluetooth (Overview for 7 Inch Screen) 0 149 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone for 7 Inch Screen) 0 149. Wi-Fi Hotspot If equipped, touch the Users icon to display the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. Settings + x − : Press + or − to increase or decrease the volume. Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu. See Settings (7 Inch Screen) 0 154. Using the System Apple CarPlay Infotainment Display Icons Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate Apple CarPlay if equipped, after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 153. Infotainment display icons show when available. When a function is unavailable, the icon may gray out. When a function is selected, the icon may highlight. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 140 Infotainment System Android Auto Infotainment Display Features Touch the Android Auto icon to activate Android Auto if equipped, after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 153. Infotainment display features show on the display when available. When a feature is unavailable, it may gray out. When a feature is touched, it may highlight. OnStar Services Infotainment Gestures If equipped, touch the OnStar icon to display the OnStar Services and Account pages. Use the following finger gestures to control the infotainment system. Climate Touch/Tap If equipped, touch the Climate icon to display the Climate main page. Touch and Hold Touch and hold can be used to start another gesture, or to move or delete an application. Drag Camera If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access the camera application. SiriusXM If equipped, touch the SiriusXM icon to display the SiriusXM radio service. Shortcut Tray The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications. Touch/Tap is used to select an icon or option, activate an application, or change the location inside a map. Drag is used to move applications on the Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the item, it must be held and moved along the display to the new location. This can be Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System done up, down, right, or left. This feature is only available when vehicle is parked and not in motion. Nudge Nudge is used to move items a short distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold and move the selected item up or down to a new location. Fling or Swipe 141 Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a list, pan the map, or change page views. Do this by placing a finger on the display then moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. or touch the More icon to display a list of available sources. Examples of available sources are AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), MyMedia (if available), USB, AUX (if equipped), and Bluetooth. Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays Infotainment System Sound Menu For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. Radio AM-FM Radio (7 Inch Screen) Playing the Radio From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Choose from the three most recently used sources listed at the left side of the display From any of the audio source main pages, touch Sound to display the following: Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, and Treble using the options on the infotainment display. Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the controls on the infotainment display or by tapping/dragging the crosshair. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 142 Infotainment System Finding a Station Seeking a Station If equipped, touch Update Station List to update the active stations in your area. Direct Tune The keypad will gray out entries that do not contribute to a valid frequency and will automatically place a decimal point within the frequency number. Touch (z) to delete one number at a time. Touch and hold (z) to delete all numbers. A valid AM or FM station will automatically tune to the new frequency but not close the Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM (if equipped), touch Go after entering the channel. Touch the Back icon on the infotainment display or touch ( z) to exit out of Direct Tune. From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, touch g or d on the infotainment display to search for the previous or next strong station or channel. Browsing Stations From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, touch Browse to list all available stations or channels. Navigate up and down through all stations by scrolling the list. Touch the station or channel you want to listen to. Touch H to save the station or channel as a favorite. Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune icon on the infotainment display to source AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) and bring up the keypad. Navigate up and down through all frequencies using g or d. Directly enter a station or channel using the keypad. When a new station or channel is entered, the information about that station or channel displays on the right side. If available, this information will update with each new valid frequency. Touch H to save the station as a favorite. The tune arrows on the right side of the Direct Tune display tunes through the complete station list one station step at a time per touch. A touch and hold advances through stations quickly. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System AM, FM, and SXM Categories If available, from the AM stations, if equipped with FM, or SXM display, touch Categories at the top of the Browse menu to access the categories list. The list contains names associated with the AM or FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a category name to display a list of stations or channels for that category. Touching a station or channel from the list will tune the radio to that station or channel. Storing Radio Station Favorites Favorites show in the area at the top of the display. AM, FM, SXM (if equipped) Radio Stations : Touch and hold a preset to store the current station or channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite station. Favorites can also be stored by touching H in a station or channel list. This will highlight indicating that it is now saved as a favorite. The number of favorites displayed is automatically adjusted by default, but can be manually adjusted in Settings in the System tab under Favorites and then Set Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under Audio and then Set Number of Audio Favorites. Radio Data System (RDS) If equipped, RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information. With RDS, the radio can: . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. . Display messages from radio stations. This system relies on receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available. It is possible that a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly. If this happens, contact the radio station. 143 When information is broadcast from a RDS station, the station name or call letters display on the audio screen. Radio text supporting the currently playing broadcast may also appear. Satellite Radio If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM satellite radio subscription can receive SXM programming. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In the U.S. see www.siriusxm.com or call 1-888-601-6296. In Canada see www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. When SXM is active, the channel name, number, song title, and artist appear on the display. Radio Reception Unplug electronic devices from the accessory power outlets if there is interference or static in the radio. FM FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in electronic circuit that automatically works to Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 144 Infotainment System reduce interference, some static can occur, especially around tall buildings or hills, causing the sound to fade in and out. AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM, especially at night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other. Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio. SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service provides digital radio reception. Tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals, causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM signal for a period of time. Some cellular services may interfere with SXM reception causing loss of signal. Mobile Device Usage Mobile device usage, such as making or receiving calls, charging, or just having the mobile device on may cause static interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile device or turn it off if this happens. Multi-Band Antenna The roof antenna is for AM, FM, SiriusXM, OnStar, and GPS (Global Positioning System), if equipped. Keep clear of obstructions for clear reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, reception can also be affected. Audio Players Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices When using media devices such as USB devices, and mobile devices, consider the source. Untrusted media devices could contain files that affect system operation or performance. Avoid use if the content or origin cannot be trusted. USB Port (7 Inch Screen) Audio stored on a USB device may be listened to. This vehicle is equipped with two USB ports in the center console. These ports are for data and charging. There may also be two USB ports for charging only at the rear of the center console. Caution To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all accessories and disconnect all accessory cables from the vehicle when not in use. Accessory cables left plugged into the vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be damaged or cause an electrical short if the unconnected end comes in contact with liquids or another power source such as the accessory power outlet. Playing from a USB A USB mass storage device can be connected to the USB port. Audio extensions supported by the USB are: . MP3 . AAC . OGG . 3GP Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System My Media Library MyMedia is only available when more than one indexed device is connected. It allows access to content from all indexed media sources. MyMedia will show as an available source in the Source page. USB MP3 Player and USB Devices The USB MP3 players and USB devices connected must comply with the USB Mass Storage Class specification (USB MSC). To 1. 2. 3. play a USB device: Connect the USB. Touch Audio from the Home Page. Touch More and then touch the USB device. Use the following when playing an active USB source: p : Touch to play the current media source. j : Touch to pause playback of the current media source. 7: . Touch to seek to the beginning of the current or previous track. . Touch and hold to reverse quickly through playback. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays. 6: . Touch to seek to the next track. . Touch and hold to advance quickly through playback. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays. Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play music in random order. USB Sound Menu See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” under AM-FM Radio (7 Inch Screen) 0 141. USB Browse Menu When a list of songs, albums, artists, or other types of media displays, the up and down arrows and A-Z appear on the left side. Select A-Z to view a display that will show all letters of the alphabet and select the letter to go to. Touch the up and down arrows to move the list up and down. 145 Touch Browse and the following may display: Playlists: 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on the USB. 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all Songs in that playlist. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. Supported Playlist extensions are m3u, pls. Artists: 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored on the USB. 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all albums by the artist. 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or touch an album and then touch a song from the list. Songs: 1. Touch to display a list of All Songs on the USB. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from the list. Albums: 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 146 Infotainment System 2. Touch the album to view a list of All Songs on the album. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. 3. Touch a file from the list to begin playback. Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on the USB and get a list of podcast episodes. Genres: 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that artist. 4. Touch an album to view songs on the album. 5. Touch a song to start playback. Audiobooks: 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on the USB. 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of chapters. 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin playback. Composers: 1. Touch to view the composers on the USB. 2. Touch a Composer to view a list of albums by that composer. 3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a list of songs. 4. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. File systems supported by the USB are: . FAT32 . NTFS . HFS+ Folders: 1. Touch to view the directories on the USB. 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. Supported Apple Devices File System and Naming The songs, artists, albums, and genres are taken from the file’s song information and are only displayed if present. The radio displays the file name as the track name if the song information is not available. To view supported devices, see my.buick.com/learn. Storing and Recalling Media Favorites To store media favorites, touch Browse to display a list of media types. Select from one of the following Browse options to save a favorite: Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. The first song in the playlist begins to play. Artists : Touch H next to any artist to store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first song in the artist list begins to play. Songs : Touch H next to any song to store the song as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite song. Albums : Touch H next to any album to store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite album. The first song in the album list begins to play. Genres : Touch H next to any genre to store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first song of the genre begins to play. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. The podcast begins to play. Audiobooks : Touch H next to any audiobook to store the audiobook as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the audiobook begins to play. Connect a 3.5mm (1/8 in) cable from the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. When a device is connected, the system can play audio from the device over the vehicle speakers. If an auxiliary device has already been connected, but a different source is currently active, touch More and then touch AUX to make the source active. Media Playback and Mute Shuffle and Browse are not available in the AUX source menu. USB playback will be paused if the system is muted. If the steering wheel mute control is pressed again, playback will resume. Bluetooth Audio If the source is changed while in mute, playback resumes and audio will unmute. Auxiliary Jack This vehicle has an auxiliary input jack in the center console. Possible auxiliary audio sources include: . Laptop computer . Audio music player This jack is not an audio output. Do not plug headphones into the auxiliary input jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the vehicle is in P (Park). 147 To play music via Bluetooth: 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect the device. 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home Page, then touch Bluetooth from the recent sources list on the left of the display. Bluetooth Sound Menu See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” under AM-FM Radio (7 Inch Screen) 0 141. Manage Bluetooth Devices Music may be played from a paired Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview for 7 Inch Screen) 0 149 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone for 7 Inch Screen) 0 149 for help pairing a device. From the Home Page: 1. Touch Audio. 2. Touch More. 3. Touch Bluetooth. 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. Volume and song selection may be controlled by using the infotainment controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is selected and no volume is present, check the volume setting on the infotainment system. When touching Bluetooth, the radio may not be able to launch the audio player on the connected device to start playing. When the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile device to begin playback. Music can be launched by touching Bluetooth from the recent sources list on the left of the display or by touching the More option and then touching the Bluetooth device. All devices launch audio differently. When selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio may show as paused on the display. Press play on the device or touch p on the display to begin playback. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 148 Infotainment System Browse functionality will be provided where supported by the Bluetooth device. This media content will not be part of the MyMedia source mode. Some smartphones support sending Bluetooth music information to display on the radio. When the radio receives this information, it will check to see if any is available and display it. For more information about supported Bluetooth features, see my.buick.com/learn. OnStar System OnStar System (7 Inch Screen) LTE performance is based on industry averages and vehicle systems design. Some services require a data plan. The OnStar App If equipped, the infotainment system has OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions that can be performed with the buttons can be done using the app. To open the app, touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. App updates require a corresponding service plan. Features vary by region and model. Features are subject to change. For more information, see my.buick.com/learn or press Q. 4G LTE Services If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and laptops, can be connected to high-speed Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi hotspot. The Services tab displays the default view for the app. Use this page to launch the available OnStar services. Touch a service to open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and Advisor Call are the other tiled options. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, details, and system limitations. Service and connectivity may vary by make, model, year, carrier, availability, and conditions. 4G LTE service is available in select markets. 4G Account The Account tab displays a snapshot of the account linked with the vehicle. If there is no such account, this tab will show all values as ——. The call advisor call icon will be active even if there is no active account. Advisor Call Selecting Advisor Call is the same as pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper right corner of the screen does not end the call, but returns to the previous screen. Turn-by-Turn Directions With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor can download a destination to the vehicle or its embedded navigation system, if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions from the Services tab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite destination. Touch the navigation icons to select home, address or place. A destination transfer from OnStar will show the detail view of the destination when it is transferred from OnStar to the Navigation application. See www.onstar.com for a coverage map. Services vary by model. Map coverage is available in the United States, Puerto Rico, and Canada. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System Wi-Fi Hotspot Touch to display the Settings page, which shows the configurations for the vehicle hotspot and allows them to be changed. For more information, see www.onstar.com. Phone Bluetooth (Overview for 7 Inch Screen) The Bluetooth-capable system can interact with many mobile devices, allowing: . Placement and receipt of calls in a hands-free mode. . Sharing of the device’s address book or contact list with the vehicle. To minimize driver distraction, before driving, and with the vehicle parked: . Become familiar with the features of the mobile device. Organize the phone book and contact lists clearly and delete duplicate or rarely used entries. If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts. . Review the controls and operation of the infotainment system. . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The system may not work with all mobile devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a Hands-Free Profile to make and receive phone calls. The infotainment system and voice recognition are used to control the system. The system can be used while the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support all functions and not all mobile devices work with the Bluetooth system. See my.buick.com for more information about compatible mobile devices. Controls Use the controls on the center stack and the steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth system. Steering Wheel Controls g : Press to answer incoming calls and start voice recognition on your connected Bluetooth mobile device. 149 i : Press to end a call, decline a call, or cancel an operation. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call. Infotainment System Controls For information about how to navigate the menu system using the infotainment controls, see Using the System 0 106. Audio System When using the Bluetooth mobile device system, sound comes through the vehicle's front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system. The volume level while on a mobile device call can be adjusted by pressing the steering wheel controls or the volume control on the center stack. The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls. The volume cannot be lowered beyond a certain level. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone for 7 Inch Screen) Pairing A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be paired to the Bluetooth system and then connected to the vehicle before it can be Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 150 Infotainment System used. See the mobile device manufacturer's user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the device. Pairing Information . If no mobile device has been connected, the Phone main page on the infotainment display will show the Connect Phone option. Touch this option to connect. Another way to connect is to touch the Phones tab at the top right of the display and then touch Add Phone. . A Bluetooth smartphone with music capability can be paired to the vehicle as a smartphone and a music player at the same time. . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the Bluetooth system. . The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving. . Pairing only needs to be completed once, unless the pairing information on the cell phone changes or the cell phone is deleted from the system. . If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set to First to Connect. If there is no cell phone set to First to Connect, it will link to the cell phone which was used last. To link to a different paired cell phone, see “Linking to a Different Phone” later in this section. Pairing a Phone 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled on the cell phone before the pairing process is started. 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display. 3. Touch Phones at the top of the infotainment display. There is also a Connect Phones option in the middle of the Phone display which will shortcut to the Phone List menu. 4. Touch Add Phone. 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the infotainment display from your cell phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone to confirm the six-digit code showing on the infotainment display and touch Pair. The code on the cell phone and infotainment display will need to be acknowledged for a successful pair. 7. Start the pairing process on the cell phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the cell phone manufacturer's user guide for information on this process. Once the cell phone is paired, it will show under Connected. 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on your cell phone, there are a few ways to start the pairing process over: . Turn the cell phone off and then back on. . Go back to the beginning of the Phone menus on the infotainment display and restart the pairing process. . Reset the cell phone, but this step should be done as a last effort. 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept connection or allow phone book download, touch Always Accept and Allow. The phone book may not be available if not accepted. 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell phones. First to Connect Paired Phones If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set as First to Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as the First to Connect phone: 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all connected cell phones and mobile devices. 4. Touch the information icon to the right of the cell phone to open the cell phone’s settings menu. 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to enable the setting for that device. Cell phones and mobile devices can be added, removed, connected, and disconnected. A sub-menu will display whenever a request is made to add or manage cell phones and mobile devices. Secondary Phone A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary Phone by touching the information icon to the right of the paired cell phone name to open the phone settings menu. If a cell phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it can connect simultaneously alongside another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as Incoming Calls. This means the mobile device can only receive calls. The Address Book of a Secondary Phone will not be available and hands-free outgoing calls cannot be placed using this cell phone. 151 If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while in the Phones list to swap it into the Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes it possible to place outgoing calls from the Contacts and Recents list. 3. Touch the information icon next to the connected cell phone to display the cell phone’s or mobile device’s information display. 4. Touch Forget Device. Listing All Paired and Connected Phones 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display. 2. Touch Phones. Linking to a Different Phone Disconnecting a Connected Phone 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 2. Touch Phones. 3. Touch the information icon next to the connected cell phone or mobile device to show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s information display. 4. Touch Disconnect. Deleting a Paired Phone 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display. 2. Touch Phones. To link to a different cell phone, the new cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired to the Bluetooth system. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display. 2. Touch Phones. 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from the not connected phone list. See “First to Connect Paired Phones” and “Secondary Phone” previously in this section. Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode To switch between handset or handsfree mode: . While the active call is hands-free, touch the Handset option to switch to the handset mode. The mute icon will not be available or functional while Handset mode is active. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 152 Infotainment System . While the active call is on the handset, touch the Handset option to switch to the hands-free mode. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent Calls Calls can be made through the Bluetooth system using personal cell phone contact information for all cell phones that support the Phone Book feature. Become familiar with the cell phone settings and operation. Verify the cell phone supports this feature. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book stored in the cell phone. The Recents menu accesses the recents call list from your cell phone. To 1. 2. 3. make a call using the Contacts menu: Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Touch Contacts. The Contacts list can be searched by using the first character. Touch A-Z on the infotainment display to scroll through the list of names. Touch the name to call. 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. To make a call using the Recents menu: 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. 2. Touch Recents. 3. Touch the name or number to call. Making a Call Using the Keypad To make a call by dialing the numbers: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone number. Accepting a Call There are two ways to accept a call: . Press g on the steering wheel controls. . Touch Answer on the infotainment display. Declining a Call 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to start dialing the number. There are two ways to decline a call: . Press i on the steering wheel controls. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. Searching Contacts Using the Keypad Call Waiting To search for contacts using the keypad: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone numbers or contact names using the digits on the keypad to search. Results will show on the right side of the display. Touch one to place a call. Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work. Accepting or Declining a Call When an incoming call is received, the infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. Accepting a Call Press g to answer, then touch Switch on the infotainment display. Declining a Call Press i to decline, then touch Ignore on the infotainment display Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting Calls Only) To switch between calls, touch Phone on the Home Page to display Call View. While in Call View, touch the call information of the call on hold to change calls. Three-Way Calling Three-way calling must be supported on the Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work. To start a three-way call while in a current call: 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add another call. 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. 3. When the second call is active, touch the merge icon to conference the three-way call together. Ending a Call . Press . Touch i on the steering wheel controls. # on the infotainment display, next to a call, to end only that call. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers during a call. This is used when calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the Keypad to enter the number. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay capability may be available through a compatible smartphone. If available, the Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will change from gray to color on the Home Page of the infotainment display. To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: For Wired Phone Projection 1. Download the Android Auto app to your smartphone from the Google Play store. There is no app required for Apple CarPlay. 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple iPhone by using the factory-provided phone USB cable and plugging into a USB data port. For best performance, it is highly recommended to use the device’s factory-provided USB cable. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work. 153 3. When the phone is first connected to activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, accept the terms and conditions on both the infotainment system and the phone. 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons on the Home Page will illuminate depending on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch upon USB connection. If not, touch the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Home Page to launch. Press { on the center stack to return to the Home Page. For Wireless Phone Projection (if equipped) Verify your phone is wireless compatible by visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple CarPlay support page. 1. Download the Android Auto app to your smartphone from the Google Play store. There is no app required for Apple CarPlay. 2. For first time connection, there are two ways to set up wireless projection: . Connect your Android phone or Apple iPhone by using the factory-provided phone USB cable and plugging into a Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 154 Infotainment System USB data port. For best performance, it is highly recommended to use the device’s factory-provided USB cable. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work. . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. See Bluetooth (Overview for 7 Inch Screen) 0 149 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone for 7 Inch Screen) 0 149. 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the phone for wireless projection to work. 4. When the phone is first connected to activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, agree to the terms and conditions on both the infotainment system and the phone. 5. Follow the instructions on the phone. The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons on the Home Page will illuminate depending on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch upon wireless connection. If not, touch the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Home Page to launch. To disconnect the phones wireless projection: 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. 2. Select Phones 3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be disconnected. 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. Press { on the center stack to return to the Home Page. Features are subject to change. For further information on how to set up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see my.buick.com. Android Auto is provided by Google and is subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto support see https://support.google.com/ androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support see www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may change or suspend availability at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Google Play, and other marks are trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc. Press { on the center stack to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold { on the center stack. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be disabled from the infotainment system. To do this, touch Home, Settings, and then touch the Apps tab along the top of the display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. Settings Settings (7 Inch Screen) The settings menu may be organized into three categories. Select the desired category by touching System, Apps, or Vehicle. To access the menus: 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Page on the infotainment display. 2. Touch the desired category to display a list of available options. 3. Touch to select the desired feature setting. 4. Touch the options on the infotainment display to disable or enable a feature. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the Settings menu. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System System Language . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the The menu may contain the following: This will set the display language used on the infotainment display. . Connected Devices: Touch to show Touch Language and select the appropriate language. . Share Hotspot Data: Touch Enable to Time / Date Use the following features to set the clock: . Automatic Time and Date: Touch On to have the time and date automatically set. When this feature is off, the time and date can be manually set. . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time using the controls on the infotainment display. . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date using the controls on the infotainment display. . Automatic Time Zone: Touch Off or On to disable or enable automatic update of the time zone based on vehicle location. When this feature is on, the time zone cannot be manually set. . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set the time zone. Touch a time zone from the list. . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the clock format shown. Touch Off or On. Phones Touch to connect to a different cell phone or mobile device source, disconnect a cell phone or media device, or delete a cell phone or media device. Wi-Fi Networks This will show connected and available Wi-Fi networks. If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the vehicle, the infotainment system can be connected to an external protected Wi-Fi network, such as a mobile device or home hotspot, to utilize connected services. Wi-Fi Hotspot Touch and the following may display: . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use the vehicle hotspot. Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to disable or enable. . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle Wi-Fi name. 155 vehicle Wi-Fi password. connected devices. allow devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its data, or touch Disable to allow devices to only use the vehicle hotspot. Privacy If equipped, touch and the following may display: . Location Services: This setting determines if data sharing can be used by features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and applications. Touch Off to disable data services. Emergency services and phone calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or others, will not be affected when Off is selected. . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting determines if voice commands can be shared with a cloud-based voice recognition system. Touch Off to prevent the sharing and possible recording of your voice commands with this system. This may limit the system’s ability to understand your voice commands and may disable some features. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 156 Infotainment System Display Touch and the following may display: . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the navigation map view and any downloaded apps optimized for day or night time conditions. Set to Auto for the display to automatically adjust based on bright/dark conditions. Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the display. . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate the infotainment display and follow the prompts. . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the display off. Touch anywhere on the infotainment display or press any infotainment control on the center stack again to turn the display on. Sounds Touch and the following may display: . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature adjusts the maximum volume of the infotainment system when you start your vehicle. To set the maximum startup volume, touch the controls on the infotainment display to increase or decrease. . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting determines if a sound plays when touching the infotainment display or radio controls. This feature can be turned off or on. Favorites To manually check for updates, touch Settings on the Home Page, followed by Software Information, and then System Update. Follow the on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, download and install updates may vary by vehicle. Touch and the following may display: . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list of Audio, Mobile Devices. Favorites can be moved, renamed, or deleted. To move, touch and hold on the favorite, and then drag up or down to rearrange the position. . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to select how many favorites pages can be viewed from the audio application. The Auto setting will automatically adjust this number based on the number of favorites you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software updates requires internet connectivity, which can be accessed through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and active. If required, data plans are provided by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi hotspot such as a compatible mobile device hotspot, home hotspot or public hotspot can be used. Applicable data rates may apply. Updates Download speeds may vary. On most compatible mobile devices, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the Settings menu under Mobile Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot or similar. Availability of If equipped, the infotainment system can download and install select software updates over a wireless connection. The system will prompt for certain updates to be downloaded and installed. There is also an option to check for updates manually. To connect the infotainment system to a secured mobile device hotspot, home hotspot, or a public hotspot, touch Settings on the Home Page, select the System tab, followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the on-screen prompts. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Infotainment System Over-the-Air software updates varies by vehicle and country. For more information on this feature, see my.buick.com/learn. Preferences Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable the download of new updates in the background. About Touch to view the infotainment system software information. Return to Factory Settings Touch and the following may display: . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle settings for the current user. Touch Reset or Cancel. . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases app data settings, user profiles, and personal data including mobile device data. Touch Erase or Cancel. . Clear Default Applications: Resets preferred applications that have been set to open when selecting a function. No application data will be lost. Touch Clear or Cancel. Apps Audio The menu may contain the following: Depending on the current audio source, different options will be available. Android Auto This feature allows you to interact directly with your mobile device on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 153. Touch Off or On. Apple CarPlay This feature allows you to interact directly with your mobile device on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 153. Touch Off or On. Apps Settings Touch and the following may display: . Automatic update Apps : Touch On to have the update automatically set. . About Apps : Touch to show connected apps. 157 Touch and the following may display: . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in AM-FM Radio (7 Inch Screen) 0 141. . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Medium-High, or High. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list of Audio, Mobile Devices. Favorites can be moved, renamed, or deleted. To move, touch and hold on the favorite, and then drag up or down to rearrange the position. . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to select how many favorites pages can be viewed from the audio application. The Auto setting will automatically adjust this number based on the number of favorites you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 158 Infotainment System . Metadata Corrector : This allows the . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or Metadata Corrector to be turned on or off. Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable. . Manage Devices: Select to connect to a different phone source, disconnect a phone, or delete a phone. . Reset Music Index: This allows the music index to be reset if you are having difficulty accessing all of the media content on your device. Touch Yes or No. last name. . Re-sync phone Contacts: This allows the device contacts to re-sync if you are having difficulty accessing all of the contacts on your cell phone. OnStar System With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor can download a destination to the vehicle. Vehicle This menu allows adjustment of different vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Phone Touch and the following may display: . My Number: Displays the cell phone number of the Bluetooth connected device. . Active Call View: Shows active call display when answering a call. Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable. . Privacy : Only show call alerts in cluster. Touch OnStar on the Home Page to access the OnStar menu. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Air Vents Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Maintenance Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 161 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 1. 2. 3. 4. Temperature Control Air Delivery Modes Fan Control Defrost 5. Rear Window Defogger 6. Air Conditioning 7. Recirculation 159 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 160 Climate Controls The following are climate control settings that use more fuel: . Defrost mode . Extreme temperature settings . High fan speed settings Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel To help reduce fuel usage: frost more quickly. Air is directed to the windshield. . Select a temperature setting that is higher in hot weather and lower in cold weather. . Turn off the air conditioning when it is not needed. . Only use defrost to clear the windows. outlets. X : Air is directed to the windshield and side window vents. 0 : Press to clear the windshield of fog or For best results, clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting. Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear. 9 : Turn the knob clockwise or Air Conditioning counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn the knob completely to 0 to turn off the fan and air conditioning compressor. # : Press to turn the air conditioning on or Temperature Control : Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature setting. Air Delivery Mode Control : Press [, Y , or X to change the direction of the airflow. Air delivery mode settings can be combined. An indicator light comes on in the selected mode button. [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets. off. If the fan is turned off or the outside temperature falls below freezing, the air conditioner will not run and the indicator light turns off. h : Press to turn on the recirculation. An indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly cool the air inside the vehicle or reduce entry of outside air and odors. To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the vehicle faster, recirculation may be automatically selected in warm weather when the temperature is set to the coldest setting. The recirculation light will not come on. Press h to select recirculation; press it again to select outside air. Rear Window and Outside Mirror Defogger 1 : Press to turn the rear window and outside mirror defogger on or off. An indicator light comes on to show that the feature is on. The defogger only works when the ignition is on. The rear window defogger turns off after about 15 minutes. It can also be turned off by pressing 1 again or by turning the ignition off or to ACC/ACCESSORY. Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear. If equipped with heated outside mirrors, they turn on with the rear window defogger and help to clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 20. Caution Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window. Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Climate Controls Caution (Continued) lines in the rear glass. These actions may damage the rear defogger. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. Maintenance Air Vents Air Intake Use the louvers located on the air vents to change the direction of the airflow. Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from the air intake at the base of the windshield that can block the flow of air into the vehicle. Use the thumbwheels near the air vents to control the amount of airflow or to shut off the airflow. Operation Tips . Keep all outlets open whenever possible for best system performance. . Keep the paths under all seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside the vehicle more effectively. . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that can block the flow of air into the vehicle. . Clear snow off the hood to improve visibility and help decrease moisture drawn into the vehicle. 161 Passenger Compartment Air Filter The filter removes dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. 2. Push in both sides of the glove box and pull to remove. The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 267. To find out what type of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 276. 1. Open the glove box completely and disconnect the damper on the outboard side. 3. Open the filter cover by releasing tabs on both sides and pulling up the cover. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 162 Climate Controls 4. Replace the air filter. 5. Close the air filter cover and reinstall the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. Service All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 267. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Driving and Operating Driving Information Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 164 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Starting and Operating New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Winter Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 178 Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . 180 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Engine Exhaust Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 181 Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Drive Systems All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Brakes Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Ride Control Systems Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Cruise Control Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Driver Assistance Systems Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 163 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . 195 Fuel Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Filling the Tank (Capless Fuel Fill) . . . . . . 197 Filling the Tank (Capped Fuel Fill) . . . . . 198 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . 200 Trailer Towing General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . 200 Conversions and Add-Ons Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . 200 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 164 Driving and Operating Driving Information Driver Behavior Driving is an important responsibility. Driver behavior, the driving environment, and the vehicle's design all affect how well a vehicle performs. Being aware of these factors can help in understanding how the vehicle handles and what can be done to avoid many types of crashes, including a rollover crash. Most serious injuries and fatalities to unbelted occupants can be reduced or prevented by the use of seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. In addition, avoiding excessive speed, sudden or abrupt turns, and drunken or aggressive driving can help make trips safer and avoid the possibility of a crash. such as on curves, slippery roads, or hilly terrain. Unfamiliar surroundings can also have hidden hazards. Vehicle Design Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. This is because they have a higher ground clearance and a narrower track or shorter wheelbase than passenger cars, which makes them more capable for off-road driving. While these design characteristics provide the driver with a better view of the road, these vehicles do have a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles. A utility vehicle does not handle the same as a vehicle with a lower center of gravity, like a car, in similar situations. . Set the climate controls to the desired . . . . . . . . temperature after the engine is started, or turn them off when not required. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time. When road and weather conditions are appropriate, use cruise control. Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. Combine several trips into a single trip. Replace the vehicle's tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire's sidewall near the size. Follow recommended scheduled maintenance. Safe driver behavior and understanding of the environment can help avoid a rollover crash in any type of vehicle, including utility vehicles. . Driving Environment Driving for Better Fuel Economy Be prepared for driving in inclement weather, at night, or during other times where visibility or traction may be limited, Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible: Distraction comes in many forms and can take your focus from the task of driving. Exercise good judgment and do not let other activities divert your attention away from the road. Many local governments have Distracted Driving Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating enacted laws regarding driver distraction. Become familiar with the local laws in your area. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on driving. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to place or receive necessary phone calls. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices. . Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential distractions. . Become familiar with vehicle features before driving, such as programming favorite radio stations and adjusting climate control and seat settings. Program all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving. . Wait until the vehicle is parked to retrieve items that have fallen to the floor. . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to children. . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or restraint. . Avoid stressful conversations while driving, whether with a passenger or on a cell phone. { Warning Taking your eyes off the road too long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving. Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that system and the navigation system, if equipped, including pairing and using a cell phone. Defensive Driving Defensive driving means “always expect the unexpected.” The first step in driving defensively is to wear the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 32. . Assume that other road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) are going to be careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they may do and be ready. . Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you. . Focus on the task of driving. 165 Impaired Driving Death and injury associated with impaired driving is a global tragedy. { Warning Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol or drugs. You can have a serious — or even fatal — collision if you drive after drinking or taking drugs. Do not drive while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver who has been drinking or is impaired by drugs. Find alternate transportation home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober. Control of a Vehicle Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to control a vehicle while driving. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 166 Driving and Operating Braking Braking action involves perception time and reaction time. Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is reaction time. Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of distance in an emergency. Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: . Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front of you. . Avoid needless heavy braking. . Keep pace with traffic. If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake normally but do not pump the brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the engine stops, there will be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push. Steering Caution To avoid damage to the steering system, do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, or similar objects at speeds greater than 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving over other objects such as lane dividers and speed bumps. Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered by the vehicle warranty. If power steering assist is lost due to a system malfunction, the vehicle can be steered, but may require increased effort. See your dealer if there is a problem. If the steering wheel is turned until it reaches the end of its travel and is held against that position for an extended period of time, power steering assist may be reduced. If the steering assist is used for an extended period of time while the vehicle is not moving, power assist may be reduced. Normal use of the power steering assist should return when the system cools down. See your dealer if there is a problem. Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve. . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve Electric Power Steering The vehicle has electric power steering. It does not have power steering fluid. Regular maintenance is not required. before accelerating gently into the straightaway. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Steering in Emergencies around a problem may be more effective than braking. . Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking. 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. Off-Road Recovery Loss of Control . There are some situations when steering Skidding There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force. . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin. The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions: 167 . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be ready for a second skid if it occurs. . Slow down and adjust your driving according to weather conditions. Stopping distance can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize warning clues — such as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid. Driving on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 168 Driving and Operating { Warning Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle. After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally. Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through flowing water could cause the vehicle to be carried away. If this happens, you and other vehicle occupants could drown. Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water. Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle's tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road. There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet. Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down, other wet weather driving tips include: . Allow extra following distance. . Pass with caution. . Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape. . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled. . Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tires 0 232. . Turn off cruise control. Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape. . Check all fluid levels, brakes, tires, cooling system, and transmission. . Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills. { Warning Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can reduce brake performance, and could result in a loss of braking. Shift the transmission to a lower gear to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. { Warning Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with the ignition off is dangerous. This can cause overheating of the brakes and loss of steering assist. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear. . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross the center line. . Be alert on top of hills; something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Winter Driving . Turn off cruise control. Driving on Snow or Ice Blizzard Conditions Snow or ice between the tires and the road creates less traction or grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program 0 285. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe: . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. For Slippery Road Driving: . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick. . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 185. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle stability during hard stops, but the brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 184. . Allow greater following distance and watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas. The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice. { Warning Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: . Clear snow from the base of the vehicle, especially any blocking the exhaust pipe. . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the vehicle side that is away from the wind, to bring in fresh air. (Continued) 169 Warning (Continued) . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. . Adjust the climate control system to circulate the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” For more information about CO, see Engine Exhaust 0 180. To save fuel, run the engine for short periods to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and partially close the window. Moving about to keep warm also helps. If it takes time for help to arrive, when running the engine, push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel. If the Vehicle Is Stuck Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 170 Driving and Operating If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle, turn the traction system off and use the rocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 185. { Warning If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, they can explode, and you or others could be injured. The vehicle can overheat, causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph). Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction system. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, spinning the wheels as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle 0 255. Vehicle Load Limits It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it may properly carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label. { Warning Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a crash. (Continued) Warning (Continued) Overloading can also reduce stopping performance, damage the tires, and shorten the life of the vehicle. Tire and Loading Information Label Example Label A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating positions (1), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and pounds. The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires (3) and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures (4). For more information on tires and inflation see Tires 0 232 and Tire Pressure 0 238. There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification/ Tire label. It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle. See “Certification/Tire Label” later in this section. “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit– 1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.” This vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer. Example 1 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs). 171 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 172 Driving and Operating Certification/Tire Label Example 2 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs). Example 3 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs). Refer to your vehicle's Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight. Label Example A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). The label may show the size of the vehicle's original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. The label shows the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure to spread the load equally on both sides of the centerline. . . . Caution Overloading the vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the vehicle. . Warning (Continued) Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats. Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle. When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it whenever you can. Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to. Starting and Operating { Warning Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. . Put things in the cargo area of the vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly. (Continued) New Vehicle Break-In Caution The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines: (Continued) 173 Caution (Continued) . Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 805 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. . Avoid making hard stops for the first 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings. Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 174 Driving and Operating Ignition Positions Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the engine off. If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 178. If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and the Driver Information Center (DIC) will display the message SHIFT TO PARK. When the vehicle is shifted into P (Park), the ignition system turn off. The vehicle has an electronic keyless ignition with pushbutton start. The RKE transmitter must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. Do not turn the ignition off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. If the vehicle is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong antenna signal causing interference to the Keyless Access system. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. If the vehicle must be shut off in an emergency: 1. Brake using a firm steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply the brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, and the brake must be applied. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift to P (Park), and turn the ignition off. 4. Set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 184. { Warning Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the vehicle off in an emergency. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds, or press twice in five seconds. ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : This mode allows you to use some electrical accessories when the engine is off. With the ignition off, pressing ENGINE START/STOP one time without the brake pedal applied will place the ignition system in ACC/ ACCESSORY. The ignition will switch from ACC/ ACCESSORY to OFF after five minutes to prevent battery rundown. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This mode is for driving and starting. With the ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, pressing ENGINE START/STOP once will place the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine cranking begins, release ENGINE START/STOP. Engine cranking will continue until the engine starts. See Starting the Engine 0 175. The engine will then remain in ON/RUN. Starting the Engine Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle when it is already moving, use N (Neutral) only. Caution Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) only when the vehicle is stopped. Service Mode This power mode is available for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection purposes. With the vehicle off, and the brake pedal not applied, pressing and holding ENGINE START/STOP for more than five seconds will place the vehicle in Service Mode. The instruments and audio system will operate as they do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will not be able to be driven. The engine will not start in Service Mode. Press ENGINE START/STOP again to turn the vehicle off. Caution If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the engine operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 200. Starting Procedure 1. With the Keyless Access system, the RKE transmitter must be in the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake pedal applied. When the engine begins cranking, let go of the button. The idle speed will go down as the engine gets warm. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. 175 If the RKE transmitter is not in the vehicle, if there is interference, or if the RKE transmitter battery is low, the Driver Information Center (DIC) will display a message. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 86 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. Caution Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by pressing ENGINE START/STOP immediately after cranking has ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down. 2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 176 Driving and Operating When the engine starts, let go of the button and the accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, follow the same steps. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts. Winter Cover If equipped, the winter cover can be used to enhance heater performance in extremely cold conditions below −7 °C (20 °F). The winter cover installs over the grille and restricts airflow to the engine compartment. For vehicles that did not come with a winter cover, a winter cover can be purchased. See your dealer for additional information. When the winter cover is installed, the climate controls AUTO mode may not function properly. Use the manual settings for comfort. Usage Guidelines The winter cover should only be used while operating the vehicle in extremely cold temperatures or in heavy snow for extended periods. In these temperatures, the vehicle does not need a large amount of air to properly cool the engine. When more airflow is required to cool the vehicle, the winter cover should not be used. The following usage guidelines will allow adequate airflow for proper radiator and air cooler performance: . Do not use the winter cover if towing a trailer. The vehicle may overheat if the radiator is covered while towing. . Do not modify the cover. The winter cover does not cover some sections of the front of the vehicle to provide enough airflow. . Keep the underside of the winter cover as clean as possible. Remove monthly or as necessary and clean away dust and debris. . Do not use the winter cover above −0 °C (32 °F). Use only a mild soap to clean. Do not use harsh soap, strong detergents, or vinyl protectant/sealant type products as they may damage the special finish. Allow the winter cover to dry completely before reinstalling. Installation Instructions When first trying to fit the cover, it may appear to be undersized but will stretch during installation to ensure a tight fit. The initial installation of the cover is best performed when the winter cover is warm. 1. Center the winter grille cover and make sure that it is positioned correctly. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord will prevent engine heater operation at temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). { Warning Do not plug in the engine block heater while the vehicle is parked in a garage or under a carport. Property damage or personal injury may result. Always park the vehicle in a clear open area away from buildings or structures. 2. Push the plastic hooks back to engage the grille slats. 3. Repeat for all hooks to fully engage cover to grille. 4. Make sure all clips remain engaged during installation. The cover should be stretched to a tight fit when properly installed. Engine Heater Vehicles may have an engine heater. The engine heater can help in cold weather conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F) for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Plug in the heater at least four hours before starting the vehicle. An To Use the Engine Heater 1. Turn off the engine. 177 2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. The cord is in the driver side of the engine compartment, near the battery. It is shipped from the factory with a tie holding it in place. Use care in removing the tie so that the cord is not damaged. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is damaged, do not use it. See your dealer for a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage yearly. 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet. { Warning Improper use of the heater cord or an extension cord can damage the cord and may result in overheating and fire. . Plug the cord into a three-prong electrical utility receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection function. An ungrounded outlet could cause an electric shock. . Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. Failure to use the recommended extension cord in good operating condition, or using a damaged heater (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 178 Driving and Operating Warning (Continued) or extension cord, could make it overheat and cause a fire, property damage, electric shock, and injury. . Do not operate the vehicle with the heater cord permanently attached to the vehicle. Possible heater cord and thermostat damage could occur. . While in use, do not let the heater cord touch vehicle parts or sharp edges. Never close the hood on the heater cord. . Before starting the vehicle, unplug the cord, reattach the cover to the plug, and securely fasten the cord. Keep the cord away from any moving parts. 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts. If you do not it could be damaged. The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) When the ignition is turned from on to off, the following features (if equipped) will continue to function for up to 10 minutes, or until the driver door is opened. These features will also work when the ignition is in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: . Infotainment System . Power Windows (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened) . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened) . Auxiliary Power Outlet . Audio System . OnStar System Shifting Into Park 1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 184. 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) by pressing the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle. 3. Turn the ignition off. Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Running { Warning It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running. It could overheat and catch fire. It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 178. If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running, be sure the vehicle is in P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. After you have moved the shift lever into P (Park), hold the brake pedal down. Then see if you can move the shift lever away from P (Park) without first Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating pressing the button on the shift lever. If you can, it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and do not shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift into P (Park) properly before you leave the driver seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into Park” previously in this section. When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of P (Park) before releasing the parking brake. If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission, so you can pull the shift lever out of P (Park). Shifting out of Park This vehicle is equipped with a shift lock control. The shift lock control is designed to prevent movement of the shift lever out of P (Park) unless the ignition is on and the brake pedal is applied. The shift lock control is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage (less than 9-volt) battery. If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage, try charging or jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting - North America 0 253. To 1. 2. 3. 4. shift out of P (Park): Apply the brake pedal. Turn the ignition on. Press the shift lever button. Move the shift lever to the desired position. If still unable to shift out of P (Park): 1. Fully release the shift lever button. 2. Hold the brake pedal down and press the shift lever button again. 3. Move the shift lever to the desired position. 179 If the shift lever still cannot be moved from P (Park), see “Shift Lock Manual Release” following. Shift Lock Manual Release The automatic transmission has an electric park lock. The ignition must be on and the brake pedal must be pressed so the shift lever can be moved from the P (Park) position. If the battery has lost power, the shift lever cannot be moved from P (Park) unless the shift lock manual release is disengaged manually. To access the shift lock manual release: 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Hold the brake pedal down. Apply the parking brake. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 180 Driving and Operating 3. Remove the cover on the console. 5. Move the shift lever out of P (Park). If P (Park) is selected again after the key is removed from the slot, the shift lever will be locked again. 6. Remove the key from the slot. 7. Replace the cover. 8. Have the cause of the problem fixed by your dealer. If the vehicle is left parked and running with the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to an hour. Parking over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust { Warning Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn. The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken out of P (Park) while it is running. { Warning Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death. Extended Parking Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: It is best not to park with the vehicle running. If the vehicle is left running, be sure it will not move and there is adequate ventilation. . The vehicle idles in areas with poor See Shifting Into Park 0 178 and Engine Exhaust 0 180. 4. Insert and push the key into the slot. The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is parked on a hill, due to lack of available fuel. If the vehicle is left parked and running with the RKE transmitter outside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to half an hour. ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes). . The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different. . The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage. (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Warning (Continued) . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. . There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or aftermarket modifications that are not completely sealed. If the vehicle is left with the engine running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park 0 178 and Engine Exhaust 0 180. Automatic Transmission If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle: . Drive it only with the windows completely down. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation. Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running. The selected gear is also shown in the instrument cluster. P : This position locks the drive wheels. Use P (Park) when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily. 181 { Warning It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 178. Make sure the shift lever is fully in P (Park) before starting the engine. The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system. The regular brake must be fully applied first and then the shift lever button must be pressed before shifting from P (Park) when the ignition is on. If you cannot shift out of P (Park), ease pressure on the shift lever, then push the shift lever all the way into P (Park) as you maintain brake application. Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 179. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 182 Driving and Operating R : Use this gear to back up. Caution Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped. To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 169. N : In this position, the engine does not connect with the wheels. To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only. { Warning Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could move very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed. Caution Caution Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle. If the vehicle does not shift gears, the transmission could be damaged. Have the vehicle serviced right away. Caution A transmission hot message may display if the automatic transmission fluid is too hot. Driving under this condition can damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the engine to cool the automatic transmission fluid. This message clears when the transmission fluid has cooled sufficiently. D : This position is for normal driving. If more power is needed for passing, press the accelerator pedal down. M : This position allows shifting similar to a manual transmission. See Manual Mode 0 183. Automatic Transmission Adaptation Feature : While the vehicle is being driven and gear shifting takes place, the transmission will learn and adapt. This increases durability and maintains the best shift quality of the life of the vehicle. During vehicle break-in (initial driving), it is normal to experience some shift bumps. Shift quality will improve with the normal gear shifting as the transmission learns and adapts. Operating Modes The transmission may operate in a lower gear than normal to improve vehicle performance. The engine speed may be higher and there may be an increase in noise during the following conditions: . When climbing a grade . When driving downhill . When driving in hot temperatures or at high altitude Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Manual Mode Driver Shift Control (DSC) 2. Press the + (plus) end of the button on the top of the shift lever to upshift, or press the − (minus) end of the button to downshift. The instrument cluster will change from the currently displayed message to the letter “M,” for Manual position, and a number indicating the requested gear. While using the DSC feature, the transmission will have firmer shifting and sportier performance. This can be used for sport driving or when climbing hills to stay in gear longer or to downshift for more power or engine braking. DSC allows you to shift an automatic transmission similar to a manual transmission. To use the DSC feature: 1. Move the shift lever from D (Drive) rearward to M (Manual Mode). While driving in manual mode, the transmission will remain in the driver selected gear. When coming to a stop in the manual position, the vehicle will automatically shift into 1 (First) gear. The transmission will only allow you to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine revolutions per minute (rpm): . The transmission will not allow shifting to the next higher gear if the vehicle speed or engine rpm is too low. . The transmission will not allow shifting to the next lower gear if the vehicle speed or engine rpm is too high. 183 Drive Systems All-Wheel Drive If equipped, this feature transfers engine power, as required, to all four wheels. It is fully automatic, and adjusts itself as needed for road conditions. When using a compact spare tire on an All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle, the system automatically detects the compact spare and disables AWD to protect the system. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message will display on the instrument cluster. See Vehicle Messages 0 88. To restore AWD operation and prevent excessive wear on the system, replace the compact spare with a full-size tire as soon as possible. See Compact Spare Tire 0 252. AWD will be disabled and the message will display if there is excessive wheel spin. When the system cools down, AWD will be restored. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 184 Driving and Operating Brakes Using ABS Antilock Brake System (ABS) Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS operate is normal. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps prevent a braking skid and maintain steering while braking hard. ABS performs a system check when the vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor or clicking noise may be heard while this test is going on, and the brake pedal may move slightly. This is normal. Braking in Emergencies ABS allows steering and braking at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help even more than braking. Parking Brake 3. The brake system warning light will come on, if the ignition is on. See Brake System Warning Light 0 82. To release the parking brake: 1. Hold the regular brake pedal down. 2. Pull the parking brake handle up until the release button can be pressed easily. 3. Hold the release button while lowering the brake handle all the way down. 4. The brake system warning light will turn off, if the ignition is on. Caution Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving. If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light 0 83. ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot on the brake pedal and does not always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS. To set the parking brake: 1. Hold the regular brake pedal down. 2. Pull up firmly on the parking brake handle without pressing the release button. Driving with the parking brake applied will cause a warning chime to sound and a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may display. Release the parking brake or stop the vehicle. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Brake Assist Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applications due to emergency braking situations and provides additional braking to activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement during this time may occur. Continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages when the brake pedal is released. Hill Start Assist (HSA) { Warning Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does not replace the need to pay attention and drive safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by this system. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving 0 165. When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) temporarily prevents the vehicle from rolling in an unintended direction during the transition from brake pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release when the accelerator pedal is applied or automatically release after a few seconds. The brakes may also release under other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold the vehicle. HSA is available when the vehicle is facing uphill in a forward gear, or when facing downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA to activate. Ride Control Systems Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control System Operation The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC), an electronic stability control system. These systems help limit wheel slip and assist the driver in maintaining control, especially on slippery road conditions. TCS activates if it senses that any of the drive wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction. When this happens, TCS 185 applies the brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin. StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle senses a difference between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the vehicle on the intended path. If cruise control is being used and traction control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow. Both systems come on automatically when the vehicle is started and begins to move. The systems may be heard or felt while they are operating or while performing diagnostic checks. This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle. It is recommended to leave both systems on for normal driving conditions, but it may be necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 169 and “Turning the Systems Off and On” later in this section. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 186 Driving and Operating Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays on, the vehicle may need more time to diagnose the problem. If the condition persists, see your dealer. Turning the Systems Off and On The indicator light for both systems is in the instrument cluster. This light will: . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. . Turn on and stay on when either system is not working. If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), and d comes on and stays on to indicate that the system is inactive and is not assisting the driver in maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to drive, but driving should be adjusted accordingly. If d comes on and stays on: 1. Stop the vehicle. 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. 3. Start the engine. To turn TCS on again, press and release g. The Traction Off light i displayed in the instrument cluster will turn off. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g come on and stay on in the instrument cluster. The appropriate message may display in the DIC. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, press and release g. The Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g in the instrument cluster turn off. Caution Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged. To turn off only TCS, press and release g. The Traction Off light i displays in the instrument cluster. The appropriate message may display in the DIC. Adding accessories can affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications 0 202. Cruise Control The cruise control lets the vehicle maintain a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph). Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Setting Cruise Control { Warning If o is on when not in use, SET/− or RES/+ could get bumped and go into cruise when not desired. Keep o off when cruise control is not being used. Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed. Do not use cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic. Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads. 187 To set a speed: o : Press to turn the cruise control system The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system that begins to limit wheel spin while using cruise control and the cruise control will automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 185. If a collision alert occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 192. When road conditions allow you to safely use it again, cruise control can be turned back on. on or off. A white indicator comes in the instrument cluster when cruise is turned on. If the brakes are applied, cruise control disengages. n : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. RES/+ : If there is a set speed in memory, move the thumbwheel up briefly to resume to that speed or hold upward to accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase vehicle speed. SET/− : Move the thumbwheel down briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease speed. 1. Press o to turn cruise control on. 2. Get up to the speed desired. 3. Move the thumbwheel down toward SET/− and release it. 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. The cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster turns green after cruise control has been set to the desired speed. See Instrument Cluster 0 76. Resuming a Set Speed If the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied or n is pressed, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory. Once the vehicle speed is about 40 km/h (25 mph) or greater, move the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ briefly. The vehicle returns to the previously set speed. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 188 Driving and Operating Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already activated: . Move the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ and hold it until the desired speed is reached, then release it. . To increase vehicle speed in small increments, move the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 86. The increment value used depends on the units displayed. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already activated: . Move the thumbwheel toward SET/− and hold until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it. . To decrease the vehicle speed in small increments, move the thumbwheel toward SET/− briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 86. The increment value used depends on the units displayed. Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle slows down to the previous set cruise control speed. While pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly following the release to override cruise control, briefly moving the thumbwheel toward SET/− will result in cruise set to the current vehicle speed. Using Cruise Control on Hills How well cruise control works on hills depends on the vehicle speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle speed. When going downhill, you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is applied, cruise control will disengage. Ending Cruise Control There are four ways to end cruise control: . To disengage cruise control, step lightly on the brake pedal. . Press n. . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). . To turn off cruise control, press o. Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set speed is erased from memory if o is pressed or if the vehicle is turned off. Driver Assistance Systems This vehicle may have features that work together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and parking. Read this entire section before using these systems. { Warning Do not rely on the Driver Assistance Systems. These systems do not replace the need for paying attention and driving safely. You may not hear or see alerts or warnings provided by these systems. (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Warning (Continued) Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving 0 165. Under many conditions, these systems will not: . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, . . . . . . . or animals. Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system. Work at all driving speeds. Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a crash. Work under poor visibility or bad weather conditions. Work if the detection sensor is not cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. Work if the detection sensor is covered up, such as with a sticker, magnet, or metal plate. Work if the area surrounding the detection sensor is damaged or not properly repaired. (Continued) 189 Warning (Continued) Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. Audible Alert Some driver assistance features alert the driver of obstacles by beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Cleaning Depending on vehicle options, keep these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver Information Center (DIC) messages may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked. . Front and rear bumpers and the area below the bumpers . Front grille and headlamps . Front camera lens in the front grille or near the front emblem Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 190 Driving and Operating . Front side and rear side panels . Outside of the windshield in front of the Displayed images may be farther or closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper do not display. rearview mirrors . Side camera lens on the bottom of the outside mirrors A warning triangle may appear on the infotainment display to show that Rear Park Assist (RPA) or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) has detected an object. This triangle changes from amber to red and increases in size the closer the object. . Rear side corner bumpers . Rear Vision Camera above the license plate Radio Frequency This vehicle may be equipped with driver assistance systems that operate using radio frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 290. 1. View Displayed by the Camera Rear Vision Camera (RVC) When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) displays an image of the area behind the vehicle in the infotainment display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the previous screen sooner, press Home or Back on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive). 1. View Displayed by the Camera 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper { Warning The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) On vehicles with the RCTA, a warning triangle with a left or right pointing arrow may appear on the infotainment display to warn of traffic coming from the left or the right. Three beeps will sound from the speaker on that side. This system detects objects coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side behind the vehicle. The RCTA system will not work properly if ice, snow, mud, or anything else builds up on the rear bumper sensors. Park Assist If equipped, the Front and Rear Park Assist (FRPA) system assists you with parking and avoiding objects. FRPA operates at speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). The sensors on the front and rear bumper detect objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle, 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle, and at least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground and below liftgate level. This detection distance may be less during warmer or humid weather. { Warning The Park Assist system does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects located below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, always check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before moving forward or backing. How the System Works When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) the front and rear sensors are automatically turned on. After the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), the rear sensors are turned off and the front sensors stay on until the vehicle is above a speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). For the front Park Assist system to be active again without shifting into R (Reverse), X must be pressed. See “Turning the System On and Off” later in this section. When the vehicle is in N (Neutral), the system may be active. If the vehicle is in a car wash, the sensors may detect objects in 191 the car wash. See “Turning the System On and Off” later in this section to turn the system off. When an object is first detected in the rear, one beep will be heard from the rear. When an object is very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), five beeps will sound from the front or rear depending on object location. Beeps for FPA are higher pitched than for RPA. Objects Detected by Both the Front and Rear Sensors In general, if objects are detected at the same time near both the front and rear bumpers while backing up, the beeps only sound to indicate that objects are close to the rear bumper. However, if an object comes within 0.3 m (1 ft) of the front bumper while the vehicle is backing up and at the same time there is another object further than 0.3 m (1 ft) from the rear bumper, then higher-pitched beeps only sound to indicate the front object. Turning the System On and Off The FRPA system can be turned on and off by pressing X on the center stack. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 192 Driving and Operating The indicator light in the button comes on when the system is turned on. When the system is off, the indicator light in the button is off or PARK ASSIST OFF briefly displays on the Driver Information Center (DIC). FRPA defaults to the on setting each time the vehicle is started. When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly If the FRPA system does not activate due to a temporary condition, a message may display on the DIC. This can occur under the following conditions: . The driver has disabled the system. . The sensors are not clean. Keep the vehicle's bumpers free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. For cleaning instructions, see Exterior Care 0 258. . The Park Assist sensors are covered by frost or ice. Frost or ice can form around and behind the sensors and may not always be seen; this can occur after washing the vehicle in cold weather. The message may not clear until the frost or ice has melted. . An object was hanging out of the liftgate during the last drive cycle. Once the object is removed, FRPA will return to normal operation. . An object or cover is attached to the front of the vehicle. . The bumper is damaged. Take the vehicle to your dealer to repair the system. . Other conditions, such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck, are affecting system performance. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System If equipped, the FCA system may help to avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. When approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps. FCA detects vehicles within a distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph). { Warning FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When approaching a slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or when following a vehicle too closely, FCA may not provide a warning with enough time to help avoid a crash. It also may not provide any warning at all. FCA does not warn of pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, construction barrels, or other objects. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving 0 165. FCA can be disabled with either the FCA steering wheel control or, if equipped, through vehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Detecting the Vehicle Ahead Warning (Continued) 193 Selecting the Alert Timing or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair. FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA system detects a vehicle ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead indicator will display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane. { Warning FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, (Continued) Collision Alert When your vehicle approaches another detected vehicle too rapidly, the FCA display will flash on the windshield. Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front. When this Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs. The Collision Alert control is on the steering wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to far, medium, or near, or on some vehicles, Off. The first button press shows the current setting on the DIC. Additional button presses will change this setting. The chosen setting will remain until it is changed. The timing of alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will occur. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the alert timing. The range of selectable alert timings may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 194 Driving and Operating Unnecessary Alerts FCA may provide unnecessary alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service. Cleaning the System If the FCA system does not seem to operate properly, this may correct the issue: . Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror. . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. . Clean the headlamps. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) If equipped, the SBZA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas. The SBZA warning display will light up in the corresponding outside side mirror and will flash if the turn signal is on. { Warning SBZA does not alert the driver to vehicles rapidly approaching outside of the side blind zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may not provide alerts when changing lanes under all driving conditions. Failure to use proper care when changing lanes may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Before making a lane change, always check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals. SBZA Detection Zones The SBZA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This zone starts at approximately the middle of the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). How the System Works The SBZA symbol lights up in the side mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side blind zone. This indicates it may be unsafe to change lanes. Before making a lane change, check the SBZA display, check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals. Left Side Mirror Display Right Side Mirror Display When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror SBZA displays will briefly come on to indicate the system is operating. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left- or Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating right-side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the turn signal is activated in the same direction of a detected vehicle, this display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. SBZA can be disabled through vehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization (8 Inch Screen) 0 89 or Vehicle Personalization (7 Inch Screen) 0 94. If SBZA is disabled by the driver, the SBZA mirror displays will not light up. When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly SBZA displays may not come on when passing a vehicle quickly or for a stopped vehicle. SBZA may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such as a bicycle, or object extending out to either side of the vehicle. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service. SBZA may not always alert the driver to vehicles in the side blind zone, especially in wet conditions. The system does not need to be serviced. The system may light up due to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other non-moving objects. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service. SBZA may not operate when the SBZA sensors in the left or right corners of the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 258. If the DIC still displays the system unavailable message after cleaning both sides of the vehicle toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see your dealer. If the SBZA displays do not light up when vehicles are in the blind zone and the system is clean, the system may need service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. When SBZA is disabled for any reason other than the driver turning it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On option will not be available on the personalization menu. Radio Frequency Information See Radio Frequency Statement 0 290. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) If equipped, LDW may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. LDW uses a camera sensor to detect the lane 195 markings at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater. It may provide an alert if the vehicle is crossing a lane without using a turn signal in that direction. LDW light will not alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if LDW detects that you are accelerating, braking or actively steering. { Warning The LDW system does not steer the vehicle. The LDW system may not: . Provide enough time to avoid a crash. . Detect lane markings under poor weather or visibility conditions. This can occur if the windshield or headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, or ice; if they are not in proper condition; or if the sun shines directly into the camera. . Detect road edges. . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. If LDW only detects lane markings on one side of the road, it will only warn you when departing the lane on the side where it has detected a lane marking. Always keep your attention on the road (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 196 Driving and Operating Warning (Continued) and maintain proper vehicle position within the lane, or vehicle damage, injury, or death could occur. Always keep the windshield, headlamps, and camera sensors clean and in good repair. Do not use LDW in bad weather conditions. Fuel Recommended Fuel Top Tier Fuel GM recommends the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, reduce engine deposits, and maintain optimal vehicle performance. Look for the TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers and applicable countries. LDW utilizes camera sensor installed on the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to detect lane markings. Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane rating of less than 87, as this may cause engine knock and will lower fuel economy. To turn LDW on and off, press @ on the center stack. The control indicator will light when LDW is on. Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume. When LDW is on, @ is green if LDW is available to warn of a lane departure. If the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking without using the turn signal in that direction,@ changes to amber and flashes. Additionally, there will be three beeps on the right or left, depending on the lane departure direction. LDW will not alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if LDW detects that you are accelerating, braking or actively steering. Prohibited Fuels How the System Works Caution Do not use fuels with any of the following conditions; doing so may damage the vehicle and void its warranty: (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Caution (Continued) . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. . Fuel with any amount of methanol, methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These fuels can corrode metal fuel system parts or damage plastic and rubber parts. . Fuel containing metals such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage the emissions control system and spark plugs. . Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the recommended fuel. Using this fuel will lower fuel economy and performance, and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst. Fuels in Foreign Countries The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreign country, see Prohibited Fuels 0 196. Fuel Additives 197 Warning (Continued) TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly recommended for use with your vehicle. If your country does not have TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free and performing optimally. . Turn off the engine when refueling. . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel. . Do not leave the fuel pump unattended. . Avoid using electronic devices while . . Filling the Tank (Capless Fuel Fill) An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge 0 77. . . { Warning Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently and can cause injury or death. Follow these guidelines to help avoid injuries to you and others: . Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island. (Continued) refueling. Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel. Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel. Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a metallic object to discharge static electricity from your body. Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is inserted too quickly. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Insert the fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop before beginning to flow fuel. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 198 Driving and Operating Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care 0 258. Push the fuel door closed until it latches. { Warning To open the fuel door, push and release the rearward center edge of the door. The capless refueling system does not have a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, begin fueling. { Warning If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately. Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Container If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be filled from a portable fuel container: 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter and return it to the storage location. Filling the Tank (Capped Fuel Fill) An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge 0 77. { Warning Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently and can cause injury or death. Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause: Follow these guidelines to help avoid injuries to you and others: . Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel system. . Fuel spills. . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. { Warning Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel container without using the funnel adapter may cause fuel spillage and damage the capless fuel system. This could cause a fire. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter. 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the capless fuel system. . Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island. . Turn off the engine when refueling. (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Driving and Operating Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking . . . . . . materials away from fuel. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended. Avoid using electronic devices while refueling. Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel. Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel. Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a metallic object to discharge static electricity from your body. Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is opened too quickly. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop, then unscrew the cap all the way. 199 . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care 0 258. Reinstall the cap by turning it clockwise until it clicks. Push the fuel door closed until it latches. To open the fuel door, push and release the rearward center edge of the door. Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise to remove. When refueling, hang the fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, then begin fueling. { Warning Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause: . Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel system. . Fuel spills. (Continued) { Warning If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately. Caution If a new fuel cap is needed, get the right type of cap from your dealer. The wrong type of fuel cap may not fit properly, may turn on the malfunction indicator lamp, and could damage the fuel system and emissions system. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 81. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 200 Driving and Operating Filling a Portable Fuel Container { Warning Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. To help avoid injury to you and others: . Dispense fuel only into approved . . . . containers. Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in a pickup bed, or on any surface other than the ground. Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle. Maintain contact until filling is complete. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel. Avoid using electronic devices while pumping fuel. Trailer Towing General Towing Information { Warning Never tow a trailer with your vehicle. It was not designed or intended to tow a trailer. Conversions and Add-Ons Add-On Electrical Equipment { Warning The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 81. A device connected to the DLC — such as an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior tracking device — may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems. Caution Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment. Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 47 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 47. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Vehicle Care General Information General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 202 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 202 Vehicle Checks Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . 203 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 205 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . 210 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Headlamp Aiming Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Bulb Replacement Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 224 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Electrical System Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 227 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . 230 Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 231 Wheels and Tires Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 236 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 239 201 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 240 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . 243 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . 245 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . 245 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 247 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Jump Starting Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 253 Towing the Vehicle Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Appearance Care Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 202 Vehicle Care General Information For service and parts needs, visit your dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported service people. Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: Warning (Continued) cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many parts and systems, many fluids, and some component wear by-products contain and/or emit these chemicals. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle. See Battery - North America 0 219 and Jump Starting - North America 0 253 and the back cover. California Perchlorate Materials Requirements California Proposition 65 Warning { Warning Most motor vehicles, including this one, as well as many of its service parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause (Continued) Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seat belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries contained in electronic keys, may contain perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. Accessories and Modifications Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and handling, emissions systems, aerodynamics, durability, and electronic systems like antilock brakes, traction control, and stability control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of factory settings will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non-GM certified parts, including control module or software modifications, is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts. GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Also, see Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 47. Vehicle Checks Doing Your Own Service Work { Warning It can be dangerous to work on your vehicle if you do not have the proper knowledge, service manual, tools, or parts. Always follow owner’s manual procedures and consult the service manual for your vehicle before doing any service work. If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 289. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 47. If equipped with remote vehicle start, open the hood before performing any service work to prevent remote starting the vehicle accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13. Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 278. Caution Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or dipsticks. Hood { Warning Turn the vehicle off before opening the hood. If the engine is running with the hood open, you or others could be injured. 203 { Warning Components under the hood can get hot from running the engine. To help avoid the risk of burning unprotected skin, never touch these components until they have cooled, and always use a glove or towel to avoid direct skin contact. Clear any snow from the hood before opening. To open the hood: 1. Pull the hood release lever with the i symbol. It is on the lower left side of the instrument panel. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 204 Vehicle Care 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary release lever under the front center of the hood. Push the secondary hood release lever to the right to release. To close the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly, and all tools are removed. 2. Lift the hood and remove the hood prop rod from the underside of the hood. Return the prop rod to its retainer. The prop rod must click into place when returning it to the retainer to prevent hood damage. 3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in) above the vehicle and release it. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary. 3. Lift the hood and release the hood prop rod from its retainer, in the front of the engine compartment. Securely insert the rod end into the slot marked with an arrow, on the underside of the hood. Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured. Always close the hood completely before driving. { Warning Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview 1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) 205 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 206 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Vehicle Care Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 211. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 208. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 208. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 212. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 212. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes 0 217. Auxiliary Fuse Block. See Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 227. Battery - North America 0 219. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 216. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 227. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care 1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 211. 2. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 208. 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 212. 4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 208. 1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) 5. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 212. 6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes 0 217. 7. Auxiliary Fuse Block. See Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 227. 8. Battery - North America 0 219. 207 9. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 216. 10. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 227. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 208 Vehicle Care Engine Oil To ensure proper engine performance and long life, careful attention must be paid to engine oil. Following these simple, but important steps will help protect your investment: . Use engine oil approved to the proper specification and of the proper viscosity grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this section. . Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add Engine Oil” in this section. . Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 210. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this section. Checking Engine Oil Check the engine oil level regularly, every 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 205 for the location. { Warning When to Add Engine Oil The engine oil dipstick handle may be hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or glove to touch the dipstick handle. If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) message displays, check the oil level. Follow these guidelines: . To get an accurate reading, park the vehicle on level ground. Check the engine oil level after the engine has been off for at least two hours. Checking the engine oil level on steep grades or too soon after engine shutoff can result in incorrect readings. Accuracy improves when checking a cold engine prior to starting. Remove the dipstick and check the level. . If unable to wait two hours, the engine must be off for at least 15 minutes if the engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if the engine is not warm. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, and check the level. 1.4L L4 Turbo Engine (LUV - VIN B) 1.4L L4 Turbo Engine (LE2 - VIN M) If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at the tip of the dipstick and the engine has been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” later in this section for an explanation of what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications 0 280. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Caution Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above or below the acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful to the engine. If you find that you have an oil level above the operating range, i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the MAX mark, the engine could be damaged. You should drain out the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle and seek a service professional to remove the excess amount of oil. Specification Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have been approved by GM as meeting the dexos1 specification are marked with the dexos1 approved logo. See www.gmdexos.com. Selecting the Right Engine Oil Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil specification and viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 275. below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. An oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier cold starting for the engine at extremely low temperatures. When selecting an oil of the appropriate viscosity grade, it is recommended to select an oil of the correct specification. See “Specification” earlier in this section. Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Do not add anything to the oil. The recommended oils meeting the dexos1 specification are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 205 for the location of the engine oil fill cap. Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range between the MIN and MAX marks. Push the dipstick all the way back in when through. 209 Caution Failure to use the recommended engine oil or equivalent can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Viscosity Grade For the 1.4L L4 turbo (LE2 - VIN M) engine, use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil. For the 1.4L L4 turbo (LUV - VIN B) engine, use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil. Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of extreme cold, where the temperature falls Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings about the use and disposal of oil products. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 210 Vehicle Care Used oil can be a threat to the environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash or pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of factors which include engine revolutions, engine temperature, and miles driven. Based on driving conditions, the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every time the oil is changed. When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished, it indicates that an oil change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON DIC message comes on. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system might indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must be reset. Your dealer has trained service people who will perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly over the course of an oil drain interval and keep it at the proper level. If the system is ever reset accidentally, the oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed. How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System Reset the system whenever the engine oil is changed so that the system can calculate the next engine oil change. To reset the system: 1. Press the MENU button to show Remaining Oil Life on the display. This display shows an estimate of the oil’s remaining useful life. If 99% is displayed, that means that 99% of the current oil life remains. 2. To reset the engine oil life system, press the SET/CLR button while the oil life display is active. After a few seconds, there will be a single chime and the oil life will be reset to 100%. Be careful not to reset the oil life display accidentally at any time other than after the oil is changed. It cannot be reset accurately. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON DIC message comes back on when the vehicle is started, the engine oil life system has not reset. Repeat the procedure. Automatic Transmission Fluid How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible. There is a special procedure for checking and changing the transmission fluid. Because this procedure is difficult, you should have this done at your dealer. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Caution Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use the correct automatic transmission fluid. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 275. Change the fluid at the intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 267, and be sure to use the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 275. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Filter Do not start the engine or have the engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before removing the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and debris. Remove the engine air cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake the engine air cleaner/filter (away from the vehicle), to release loose dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air cleaner/ filter for damage, and replace if damaged. Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter with water or compressed air. 211 To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter: 1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 205. When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Filter For intervals on changing and inspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule 0 267. 1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 212 Vehicle Care 1. Remove the two screws, tilt the cover, and slide it out of the assembly. { Warning If part replacement is necessary, the part must be replaced with one of the same part number or with an equivalent part. Use of a replacement part without the same fit, form, and function may result in personal injury or damage to the vehicle. 2. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ filter. 3. Lower the cover, slide it into the assembly, then secure with the two screws. See Maintenance Schedule 0 267 for replacement intervals. { Warning Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or (Continued) Warning (Continued) drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ filter off, as flames may be present if the engine backfires. Cooling System The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature. Caution If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ filter in place when driving. 1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care { Warning Warning (Continued) Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, or other engine parts. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle. the wrong mixture, the engine could get too hot but there would not be an overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. Engine Coolant 1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap { Warning An underhood electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. 213 The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever occurs first. The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 215. What to Use { Warning Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or (Continued) Use a 50/50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside temperature. . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C (265 °F), engine temperature. . Protects against rust and corrosion. . Will not damage aluminum parts. . Helps keep the proper engine temperature. Caution Do not use anything other than a mix of DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage to the engine cooling system and the vehicle, which would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 214 Vehicle Care Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant changed by an authorized service center, familiar with legal requirements regarding used coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your health. Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do anything else until it cools down. Checking Coolant Be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done. The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level. It is normal to see coolant moving in the upper coolant hose return line when the engine is running. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the mark pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank, add coolant as follows: How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank { Warning Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool. 1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) Shown, 1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) Similar { Warning Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too hot but there would not be an overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. { Warning Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough. Caution Failure to follow the specific coolant fill procedure could cause the engine to overheat and could cause system damage. If coolant is not visible in the surge tank, contact your dealer. If no problem is found, check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the indicated level mark, add a Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care 215 6. Verify coolant level after the engine is shut off and the coolant is cold. If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure Steps 1–6. If the coolant still is not at the proper level when the system cools down again, see your dealer. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank, but be sure the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cool before you do it. Caution 1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one-quarter of a turn. If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the indicated level mark. 4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off, start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fan. By this time, the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the indicated level mark. 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and engine damage may occur. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured. Engine Overheating The vehicle has an engine coolant temperature gauge to warn of the engine overheating. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 78. If the decision is made not to lift the hood when this warning appears, get service help right away. See Roadside Assistance Program 0 285. If the decision is made to lift the hood, make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 216 Vehicle Care Then check to see if the engine cooling fan is running. If the engine is overheating, the fan should be running. If it is not, do not continue to run the engine. Have the vehicle serviced. Caution Do not run the engine if there is a leak in the engine cooling system. This can cause a loss of all coolant and can damage the system and vehicle. Have any leaks fixed right away. If Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment { Warning Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool. If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle: . Climbs a long hill on a hot day . Stops after high-speed driving . Idles for long periods in traffic If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam: 1. Turn the air conditioning off. 2. Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan speed. Open the windows as necessary. 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and let the engine idle. If the engine coolant temperature gauge is no longer in the overheat zone, the vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in front. If the warning does not come back on, continue to drive normally and have the cooling system checked for proper fill and function. If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park the vehicle right away. If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine for three minutes while parked. If the warning is still displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down. Washer Fluid What to Use When the vehicle needs windshield washer fluid, be sure to read the manufacturer's instructions before use. If operating the vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing. Adding Washer Fluid Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 205 for reservoir location. Caution . Do not use washer fluid that contains . . . . any type of water repellent coating. This can cause the wiper blades to chatter or skip. Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint. Do not mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system. When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the manufacturer instructions for adding water. Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage the tank if it is completely full. Brakes Disc brake linings have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake linings are worn and new linings are needed. The sound can come and go or can be heard all the time when the vehicle is moving, except when applying the brake pedal firmly. { Warning The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well. That could lead to a crash. When the brake wear warning sound is heard, have the vehicle serviced. Caution Continuing to drive with worn-out brake linings could result in costly brake repairs. Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied, clearing up following several applies. This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes. 217 Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 280. If the vehicle has rear drum brakes, they do not have wear indicators. Drum brakes have an inspection hole to inspect lining wear during scheduled maintenance. When the front brake linings are replaced, have the rear brakes inspected. If a rear brake rubbing noise is heard, have the rear brake linings inspected immediately. Rear brake drums should be removed and inspected each time the tires are removed for rotation or changing. Brake pads should be replaced as complete axle sets. Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake service may be required. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 218 Vehicle Care Replacing Brake System Parts Always replace brake system parts with new, approved replacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes may not work properly. The braking performance can change in many ways if the wrong brake parts are installed or if parts are improperly installed. Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 205 for the location of the reservoir. Checking Brake Fluid With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level surface, the brake fluid level should be between the minimum and maximum marks on the brake fluid reservoir. There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir may go down: . Normal brake lining wear. When new linings are installed, the fluid level goes back up. . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. With a leak, the brakes will not work well. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light 0 82. Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it. Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 275. Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system. { Warning If too much brake fluid is added, it can spill on the engine and burn, if the engine is hot enough. You or others could be burned, and the vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system. Brake fluid absorbs water over time which degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals to prevent increased stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 267. What to Add { Warning The wrong or contaminated brake fluid could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of braking leading to a possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved brake fluid. Caution If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's painted surfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Immediately wash off any painted surface. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Battery - North America The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove the cap and do not add fluid. Refer to the replacement number shown on the original battery label when a new battery is needed. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 205 for battery location. { Warning WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 202 and the back cover. Vehicle Storage { Warning Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Starting - North America 0 253 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt. Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the battery to keep the battery from running down. Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger. All-Wheel Drive Transfer Case Under normal driving conditions, transfer case fluid does not require maintenance unless there is a fluid leak or unusual noise. If required, have the transfer case serviced by your dealer. 219 Starter Switch Check { Warning When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could move suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be injured. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle. 2. Apply both the parking brake and the regular brake. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts. 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The vehicle should start only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any other position, contact your dealer for service. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 220 Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check { Warning When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could move suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be injured. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface. 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move. 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, but do not start the engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of P (Park) with normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service. Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check { Warning When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake. . To check the parking brake's holding ability: With the engine running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake. Contact your dealer if service is required. Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be replaced periodically. See Maintenance Schedule 0 267. Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways. For proper type and length, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 276. Caution Allowing the wiper arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not allow the wiper arm to touch the windshield. Front Wiper Blade Replacement To replace the front wiper blades: 1. Lift the wiper arm from the windshield until no further movement is possible. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care 221 Rear Wiper Blade Replacement The rear wiper blade and wiper arm have a cover for protection. The cover must be removed before the wiper blade can be replaced. To remove the cover: 2. Press the release button on the top side of the wiper and pull the wiper blade out of the end of the wiper arm. 3. Install the wiper blade connector by sliding into the end of the wiper arm until the button on the wiper blade clicks into place with the wiper arm. 4. Place the wiper arm with the wiper blade in place back on the windshield. Caution Damage may occur if the wiper blades are not in contact with the windshield before turning on the wiper system. 1. Slide a plastic tool under the cover and push upward to unsnap. 2. Slide the cover toward the wiper blade tip to unhook it from the blade assembly. 3. Remove the cover. 4. After wiper blade replacement, ensure that the cover hook slides into the slot in the blade assembly. 5. Snap the cover down to secure. To replace the wiper blade: 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield. 2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out of the blade assembly (3). 3. Push the new blade assembly securely on the wiper arm until the release lever clicks into place. 4. Replace the wiper cover. Windshield Replacement Driver Assistance Systems When a windshield replacement is needed and the vehicle is equipped with a front-looking camera sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, the windshield must be installed according to GM specifications for these systems to work properly. If it is not, there may be unexpected behavior and/or messages from these systems. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 222 Vehicle Care Acoustic Windshield The vehicle is equipped with an acoustic windshield. If the windshield needs to be replaced, be sure to get an acoustic windshield so you will continue to have the benefits an acoustic windshield can provide. Caution Do not apply tape or hang any objects from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause damage to the vehicle. See Maintenance Schedule 0 267. Gas Strut(s) This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position. Trunk { Warning If the gas struts that hold open the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced. Hood Liftgate Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Headlamp Aiming Front Headlamp Aiming Headlamp aim has been preset and should need no further adjustment. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer. Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs, or any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Caution Do not replace incandescent bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can cause damage to the vehicle electrical system. 223 Halogen Bulbs { Warning Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package. LED Lighting This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer. Headlamps, Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar 1. High-Beam Headlamp 2. Low-Beam Headlamp Headlamp Assembly High-Beam Headlamp/Low-Beam Headlamp The vehicle has halogen high-beam and low-beam headlamps, an LED turn signal lamp, Daytime Running Lamps (DRL), and a sidemarker lamp on the headlamp assembly. 1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 203. For the driver side, remove the windshield washer bottle filler neck by firmly pulling it straight out. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 224 Vehicle Care 2. Remove the headlamp bulb access cover. 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and pull straight back. 4. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the bulb. 5. Install the new bulb in the headlamp assembly by turning clockwise. 6. Reconnect the wiring harness connector. 7. Install the headlamp bulb access cover. For the driver side, reinstall the windshield washer bottle filler neck by firmly pushing it straight into the bottle. Ensure that the filler neck clip engages into the engine compartment fuse block retainer. Driver Side 1. Remove the cover and screws attaching the panel to the vehicle interior. Remove the panel. Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps Taillamp Assembly The vehicle has halogen turn signal lamps and back-up lamps, LED tail/stoplamps, and a sidemarker lamp on the taillamp assembly. 2. Remove the cover. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care License Plate Lamp Passenger Side Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar 1. Remove the storage door. 2. Remove the cover. 1. Turn Signal Lamp 2. Back-Up Lamp 1. Remove the bulb holder. 2. Remove and replace the bulb. 3. Put the bulb holder into the taillamp assembly and tighten. 4. Close the covers. Lamp Assembly Bulb Assembly 225 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 226 Vehicle Care To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Push the left end of the lamp assembly toward the right. 2. Turn the lamp assembly down to remove it. 3. Turn the bulb socket (1) counterclockwise to remove it from the lamp assembly (3). 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of the bulb socket (1). 5. Push the replacement bulb straight into the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket clockwise to install it into the lamp assembly. 6. Turn the lamp assembly into the lamp assembly opening engaging the clip side first. 7. Push on the lamp side opposite the clip until the lamp assembly snaps into place. Electrical System Electrical System Overload The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to protect against an electrical system overload. When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the circuit until the current load returns to normal or the problem is fixed. This greatly reduces the chance of circuit overload and fire caused by electrical problems. Fuses and circuit breakers protect power devices in the vehicle. Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Headlamp Wiring An electrical overload may cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off. Windshield Wipers If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart. Although the circuit is protected from electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers. If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get it fixed. Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems. { Danger Fuses and circuit breakers are marked with their ampere rating. Do not exceed the specified amperage rating when replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can result in a vehicle fire. You and others could be seriously injured or killed. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care 227 Engine Compartment Fuse Block { Warning Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM’s original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result in a fire. You or others could be injured or killed, and the vehicle could be damaged. See Accessories and Modifications 0 202 and General Information 0 202. To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as possible. To remove the fuse block cover, squeeze the clip and lift it up. Caution Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Mini Fuses Usage 1 Sunroof Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 228 Vehicle Care Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage 2 Exterior mirror switch/ Driver side power window/Rain sensor 15 Fuel system control module battery 16 – 3 Canister vent solenoid 17 4 – 5 Electronic brake control module valve Fuel system control module RC/Blow by heater 6 Intelligent battery sensor 7 – 8 Transmission control module 9 10 Automatic occupancy sensing module Headlamp leveling switch/Headlamp leveling motor/Rear vision camera/Interior rearview mirror 18 Mini Fuses Usage 29 Engine control module powertrain/Ignition 1/ Ignition 2 30 EMS Var 2 31 Left high-beam headlamp 32 Engine control module RC/Transmission control module RC Right high-beam headlamp 33 Engine control module battery 19 – 34 Horn 20 – 35 A/C clutch 21 Fan relay (auxiliary BEC) 36 – 22 – J-Case Fuses Usage 23 Ignition coil 24 Washer pump 1 25 Automatic headlamp leveling Electronic brake control module pump 2 Front wiper 26 EMS Var 1 3 Linear power module blower 4 IEC RC 5 – 7 – 11 Rear wiper 12 Rear window defogger 27 – 13 Power lumbar switch 28 14 Exterior mirror heater –/Engine control module powertrain/Ignition 3 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care J-Case Fuses 8 Usage 9 Cooling fan – high EVP 11 Starter solenoid U-Micro Relays Usage 2 – 4 – HC-Micro Relays Usage 7 Starter 10 – Usage Run/Crank 3 Cooling fan – mid 5 Powertrain relay 8 Cooling fan – low 6 To remove the fuse block cover, squeeze the clips and lift it up. Caution 1 HC-Mini Relays Auxiliary Fuse Block Cooling fan low – mid 10 Mini Relays 229 Usage Cooling fan – high Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the relays and features shown. Relays Usage 01 Electric vacuum pump 02 Cooling fan control 1 03 Cooling fan control 2 04 – Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 230 Vehicle Care Instrument Panel Fuse Block Fuses F2 The instrument panel fuse block is on the underside of the driver side instrument panel. To access the fuses, remove the storage compartment. To remove the storage compartment, open the compartment and pull it out. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Fuses Usage F1 Body control module 1 Usage Body control module 2 F3 Body control module 3 F4 Body control module 4 F5 Body control module 5 F6 Body control module 6 F7 Body control module 7 F8 Body control module 8 F9 Discrete logic ignition switch F10 Sensing diagnostic module battery F11 Data link connector F12 HVAC module/ICS F13 Liftgate relay F14 Central gateway module F15 Lane departure warning F16 – F17 – F18 Park assist module/Side blind zone alert Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Fuses Usage Fuses F19 Body control module/ Regulated voltage control F34 F20 Clock spring F21 A/C/Accessory power outlet F22 Auxiliary power outlet/DC center F23 – F24 – F25 OnStar module F26 – F27 Instrument cluster/ Auxiliary heater/Auxiliary virtual image display Usage Passive entry/Passive start Midi Fuses MD01 Usage S/B Fuses S/B01 Passenger power seat S/B02 – S/B03 Front power windows S/B04 Rear power windows S/B05 Logistic mode relay S/B06 Driver power seat S/B07 – F29 Infotainment system S/B08 – – Instrument cluster module battery – RLY05 Logistic mode Rear Compartment Fuse Block Usage – F31 Usage RLY04 Positive temperature coefficient F28 F30 Relays 231 Relays Usage RLY01 Accessory/Retained accessory power F32 Silver box audio module/ Navigation RLY02 Liftgate F33 – RLY03 – The rear compartment fuse block is behind a cover on the driver side of the rear compartment. To access the fuses, remove the cover. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 232 Vehicle Care Fuses Usage F1 F2 Usage Usage – S/B4 – F4 – S/B5 – F5 – F6 – Relays Usage RLY01 – RLY02 – RLY03 – RLY04 – RLY05 – F7 – F8 – F9 – F10 – F11 – F12 – Circuit Breakers F13 – CB1 F14 – F15 – Wheels and Tires F16 – Tires F17 – S/B Fuses Fuses S/B Fuses F3 S/B1 Usage – Amplifier audio S/B2 – Rear drive control module S/B3 DC/AC inverter module Usage – Every new GM vehicle has high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. See the warranty manual for information regarding the tire warranty and where to get service. For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care { Warning . . . . . Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous. Overloading the tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing. There could be a blowout and a serious crash. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires. The resulting crash could cause serious injury. Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when the tires are cold. Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by a sudden impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the recommended pressure. Worn or old tires can cause a crash. If the tread is badly worn, replace them. (Continued) Warning (Continued) . Replace any tires that have been damaged by impacts with potholes, curbs, etc. . Improperly repaired tires can cause a crash. Only the dealer or an authorized tire service center should repair, replace, dismount, and mount the tires. . Do not spin the tires in excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, etc. Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode. All-Season Tires This vehicle may come with all-season tires. These tires are designed to provide good overall performance on most road surfaces and weather conditions. Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. Original equipment all-season tires can be identified by the last two characters of this TPC code, which will be “MS.” 233 Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most winter driving conditions, but they may not offer the same level of traction or performance as winter tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 233. Winter Tires This vehicle was not originally equipped with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased traction on snow and ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice or snow covered roads is expected. See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection. Also, see Buying New Tires 0 244. With winter tires, there may be decreased dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking. If using winter tires: . Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 234 Vehicle Care . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, load range, and speed rating as the original equipment tires. Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated tires. If winter tires with a lower speed rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's maximum speed capability. Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall. The examples show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall. (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire's width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, and service description. See the “Tire Size” illustration in this section. (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines. (3) DOT (Department of Transportation) : The Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year. (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture. (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors: tread wear, traction, and temperature resistance. For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 245. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load. Compact Spare Tire Example (1) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. (2) Temporary Use Only : The compact spare tire or temporary use tire should not be driven at speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle 235 has a compact spare tire, see Compact Spare Tire 0 252 and If a Tire Goes Flat 0 248. and service description. The letter “T” as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only. (3) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture. (7) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines. (4) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load. (5) Tire Inflation : The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Tire Pressure 0 238. (6) Tire Size : A combination of letters and numbers define a tire's width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, Tire Designations Tire Size The example shows a typical passenger vehicle tire size. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The letter "P" as the first character in the tire size means a Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 236 Vehicle Care passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. tire is certified to carry. The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load. (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Tire Terminology and Definitions (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that indicates the tire height-to-width measurements. For example, if the tire size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item (3) of the illustration, it would mean that the tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide. (4) Construction Code : A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction. (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the wheel in inches. (6) Service Description : These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire. The load index represents the load carrying capacity a Air Pressure : The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch). Accessory Weight : The combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power windows, power seats, and air conditioning. Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a tire's height to its width. Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials. Bead : The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim. Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch) before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 238. Curb Weight : The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but without passengers and cargo. DOT Markings : A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and date of production. GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle. Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air pressure. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles. Load Index : An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire. Maximum Inflation Pressure : The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacity weight, and production options weight. Normal Occupant Weight : The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Occupant Distribution : Designated seating positions. Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The side of the tire that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles. 237 Recommended Inflation Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 238 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. Rim : A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated. Sidewall : The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead. Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate. Traction : The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided. Tread : The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 238 Vehicle Care Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, sometimes called wear bars, that show across the tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 243. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards) : A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, temperature, and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 245. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : Load on an individual tire due to curb weight, accessory weight, occupant weight, and cargo weight. Vehicle Placard : A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading Information Label” under Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively. { Warning Neither tire underinflation nor overinflation is good. Underinflated tires, or tires that do not have enough air, can result in: . Tire overloading and overheating, which could lead to a blowout. . Premature or irregular wear. . Poor handling. . Reduced fuel economy. Overinflated tires, or tires that have too much air, can result in: . Unusual wear. . Poor handling. (Continued) Warning (Continued) Rough ride. . Needless damage from road hazards. . The Tire and Loading Information label on the vehicle indicates the original equipment tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. The recommended pressure is the minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum load carrying capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. How the vehicle is loaded affects vehicle handling and ride comfort. Never load the vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry. When to Check Check the pressure of the tires once a month or more. Do not forget the compact spare, if the vehicle has one. The compact spare cold tire pressure should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See Compact Spare Tire 0 252. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care How to Check Use a good quality pocket-type gauge to check tire pressure. Proper tire inflation cannot be determined by looking at the tire. Check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold, meaning the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or no more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the inflation pressure is low, add air until the recommended pressure is reached. If the inflation pressure is high, press on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve to release air. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Put the valve caps back on the valve stems to keep out dirt and moisture. Use only valve caps designed for the vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle. Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) 239 As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 240 Vehicle Care sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 240. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 290. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly, excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle. When a low tire pressure condition is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument cluster. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the tires to the recommended pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. A message to check the pressure in a specific tire may display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message, if equipped, come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure. Using the DIC, it may be possible to view the tire pressure levels. For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays, see Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 86. The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the air pressure is getting low and needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. A Tire and Loading Information label shows the size of the original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for the tires when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170, for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location. Also see Tire Pressure 0 238. The TPMS can warn about a low tire pressure condition, but it does not replace normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection 0 242, Tire Rotation 0 242, and Tires 0 232. Caution Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved tire sealant could damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use only the GM approved tire sealant available through your dealer or included in the vehicle. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the system detects a malfunction, the low tire pressure warning light, defined above, flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle. A DIC warning message may also display. The malfunction light and DIC warning message, if equipped, come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected. Some of the conditions that can cause these to come on are: . One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire. The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message, if equipped, should go off after the road tire is replaced and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in this section. . The TPMS sensor matching process was not done or not completed successfully after rotating the tires. The malfunction light and the DIC message, if equipped, should go off after successfully completing the sensor matching process. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in this section. . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged. The malfunction light and the DIC message, if equipped, should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See your dealer for service. . Replacement tires or wheels do not match the original equipment tires or wheels. Tires and wheels other than those recommended could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. See Buying New Tires 0 244. . Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction. If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure condition. See your dealer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message, if equipped, come on and stay on. TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code. The identification code needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel 241 position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. Also, the TPMS sensor matching process should be performed after replacing a spare tire with a road tire containing the TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message, if equipped, should go off at the next ignition cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, in the following order: driver side front tire, passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657). There are two minutes to match the first tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it takes longer, the matching process stops and must be restarted. The TPMS sensor matching process is: 1. Set the parking brake. 2. Place the vehicle in Service Mode. See Ignition Positions 0 174. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 242 Vehicle Care 3. Use the MENU button to select the Vehicle Information Menu (Menu 2) in the Driver Information Center (DIC). 4. Use the thumbwheel (or up and down arrows) to scroll to the Tire Pressure Menu Item screen. 5. Press and hold the SET/CLR button to begin the sensor matching process. A message requesting acceptance of the process may display. 6. If requested, press the SET/CLR button again to confirm the selection. The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE LEARN or TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen. 7. Start with the driver side front tire. 8. Place the relearn tool against the tire sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press the button to activate the TPMS sensor. A horn chirp confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position. 9. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 8. 10. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 8. 11. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 8. The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer active. The TIRE LEARN or TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off. 12. Turn the vehicle off. 13. Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Tire Inspection We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be inspected for signs of wear or damage at least once a month. Replace the tire if: . The indicators at three or more places around the tire can be seen. . There is cord or fabric showing through the tire's rubber. . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric. . . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage. Tire Rotation Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 0 267. Tires are rotated to achieve a more uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation is the most important. Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the tires as soon as possible, check for proper tire inflation pressure, and check for damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual wear continues after the rotation, check the wheel alignment. See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 243 and Wheel Replacement 0 247. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications 0 280, and “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing 0 249. { Warning Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires. Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation. Adjust the front and rear tires to the recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after the tires have been rotated. See Tire Pressure 0 238 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 240. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt. 243 { Warning Do not apply grease to the wheel mounting surface, wheel conical seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. Grease applied to these areas could cause a wheel to become loose or come off, resulting in a crash. When It Is Time for New Tires Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. Lightly coat the inner diameter of the wheel hub opening with wheel bearing grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust buildup. Treadwear indicators are one way to tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear when the tires have only Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 244 Vehicle Care 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. See Tire Inspection 0 242 and Tire Rotation 0 242 for additional information. The rubber in tires ages over time. This also applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect how fast aging takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire manufacture date, which is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year. Vehicle Storage Tires age when stored normally mounted on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, clean area away from direct sunlight to slow aging. This area should be free of grease, gasoline, or other substances that can deteriorate rubber. Parking for an extended period can cause flat spots on the tires that may result in vibrations while driving. When storing a vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the weight from the tires. Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for the vehicle. The original equipment tires installed were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) system rating. When replacement tires are needed, GM strongly recommends buying tires with the same TPC Spec rating. GM's exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of the vehicle, including brake system performance, ride and handling, traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM's TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the tires have an all-season tread design, the TPC Spec number will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 234 for additional information. GM recommends replacing worn tires in complete sets of four. Uniform tread depth on all tires will help to maintain the performance of the vehicle. Braking and handling performance may be adversely affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. If proper rotation and maintenance have been done, all four tires should wear out at about the same time. However, if it is necessary to replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 242. { Warning Tires could explode during improper service. Attempting to mount or dismount a tire could cause injury or (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Warning (Continued) death. Only your dealer or authorized tire service center should mount or dismount the tires. { Warning Mixing tires of different sizes (other than those originally installed on the vehicle), brands, tread patterns, or types may cause loss of vehicle control, resulting in a crash or other vehicle damage. Use the correct size, brand, and type of tire on all wheels. { Warning Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle may cause the wheel rim flanges to develop cracks after many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle. Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR speed rated tires. Never exceed the winter tires’ maximum speed capability when using winter tires with a lower speed rating. If the vehicle tires must be replaced with a tire that does not have a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating, and construction (radial) as the original tires. The Tire and Loading Information label indicates the original equipment tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Different Size Tires and Wheels If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original equipment wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, ride and handling characteristics, stability, and resistance to rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic 245 stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the performance of these systems can also be affected. { Warning If different sized wheels are used, there may not be an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected. This increases the chance of a crash and serious injury. Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician. See Buying New Tires 0 244 and Accessories and Modifications 0 202. Uniform Tire Quality Grading The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), which grades tires by treadwear, traction, and temperature performance. This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 246 Vehicle Care The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production tires. While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) standards. Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety Requirements In Addition To These Grades. Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. Traction The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. Temperature The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels were aligned and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best overall performance. Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing are not necessary on a regular basis. Consider an alignment check if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the left or right, depending on the crown of the road and/or other road surface variations such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis. Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist. Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed. Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces. Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors with new GM original equipment parts. { Warning Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, and cause loss of control, causing a crash. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. Caution The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis. 247 Used Replacement Wheels { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used one is dangerous. How it has been used or how far it has been driven may be unknown. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. When replacing wheels, use a new GM original equipment wheel. Tire Chains { Warning Do not use tire chains. There is not enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. The area damaged by the tire chains could cause loss of control and a crash. Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for the vehicle's tire size combination and road conditions. Follow that manufacturer's instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, drive slow and readjust or remove the (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 248 Vehicle Care Warning (Continued) traction device if it contacts the vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If traction devices are used, install them on the front tires. If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blow out while driving, especially if the tires are maintained properly. See Tires 0 232. If air goes out of a tire, it is much more likely to leak out slowly. But if there ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do: If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. { Warning Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire. Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or an authorized tire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible. { Warning Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips (Continued) Warning (Continued) off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 99. { Warning Changing a tire can be dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall causing injury or death. Find a level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving: 1. Set the parking brake firmly. 2. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised. 4. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle. (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Warning (Continued) 5. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 2. Flat Tire The following information explains how to repair or change a tire. Tire Changing Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The spare tire and tools are located in the storage compartment in the rear of the vehicle. 249 3. Remove the subwoofer assembly on top of the spare tire by turning the center retainer counterclockwise. 4. Remove the spare tire, jack, and tools and place them near the tire being changed. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 248. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Center Retainer Subwoofer Wrench Strap Tow Eye (if equipped) Jack To access the spare tire and tools: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 17. 2. Lift the trim cover. 2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not remove them yet. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 250 Vehicle Care 4. Place the hex tube end of the wrench over the hex head of the jack to attach it. 5. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise until the lift head is firmly contacting the proper lifting point nearest the flat tire. { Warning 3. Place the jack at the position marked with a half circle. Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack. { Warning Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. { Warning Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire. 6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to fit underneath the wheel well. 7. Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to remove them. 8. Remove the flat tire. { Warning Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Warning (Continued) and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt. { Warning Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash. 11. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Turn each nut clockwise, by hand, until the wheel is held against the hub. 12. Lower the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. Lower the jack completely. 251 Caution Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications 0 280 for the wheel nut torque specification. { Warning 9. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel. 10. Place the spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface. Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0 280 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications. 13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly with the wheel wrench in a crisscross sequence, as shown. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 252 Vehicle Care Compact Spare Tire Caution Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged. { Warning Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools { Warning Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. Storing the Flat Tire and Tools 1. Return the jack and tools to their original storage location. 2. Replace the trim cover. 3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, in the rear storage compartment. 4. Attach one end of the strap to a cargo tie-down in the rear of the vehicle. 5. Route the strap through the wheel, as shown. 6. Attach the other end of the strap to the other cargo tie-down in the rear of the vehicle. 7. Tighten the strap. Storing the Compact Spare Tire and Tools Reverse the instructions for removing the spare tire and tools to store the spare tire. The compact spare tire is for temporary use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can. See Compact Spare Tire 0 252. Driving with more than one compact spare tire at a time could result in loss of braking and handling. This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured. Use only one compact spare tire at a time. If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when new; however, it can lose air over time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi). Stop as soon as possible and check that the spare tire is correctly inflated after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is designed for temporary use only. The vehicle will perform differently with the spare tire installed and it is recommended that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare tire, have the standard tire repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire to the storage area. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care When using a compact spare tire, the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and Traction Control systems may engage until the spare tire is recognized by the vehicle, especially on slippery roads. Adjust driving to reduce possible wheel slip. Caution When the compact spare is installed, do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and other parts of the vehicle. Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles. Do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel together. Caution Tire chains will not fit the compact spare. Using them can damage the vehicle and the chains. Do not use tire chains on the compact spare. Jump Starting Jump Starting - North America For more information about the vehicle battery, see Battery - North America 0 219. If the battery has run down, try to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely. { Warning WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 202 and the back cover. 253 { Warning Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because: . They contain acid that can burn you. . They contain gas that can explode or ignite. . They contain enough electricity to burn you. If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. Caution Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work, and it could damage the vehicle. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 254 Vehicle Care The jump start negative terminal (3) and positive terminal (4) are on the battery of the vehicle providing the jump start. The positive jump start connection for the discharged battery is under a trim cover. Open the cover to expose the terminal. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system. Caution 1. Discharged Battery Negative Grounding Point 2. Discharged Battery Positive Terminal 3. Good Battery Negative Terminal 4. Good Battery Positive Terminal The jump start negative grounding point (1) for the discharged battery is the engine block or an engine mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as far away from the discharged battery as possible. The jump start positive terminal (2) on the discharged battery is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a negative ground for jump starting. 2. Position the two vehicles so that they are not touching. 3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic transmission, or Neutral with a manual transmission. Caution If any accessories are left on or plugged in during the jump starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting. 4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all lights and accessories in both vehicles, except the hazard warning flashers if needed. { Warning An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. { Warning Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light. (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Warning (Continued) Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with water and get medical help immediately. { Warning Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running. 5. Connect one end of the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal on the discharged battery. 6. Connect the other end of the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the good battery. 7. Connect one end of the black negative (–) cable to the negative (–) terminal of the good battery. 8. Connect the other end of the black negative (–) cable to the negative (–) grounding point for the discharged battery. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes. 10. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it probably needs service. Caution If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal. Jumper Cable Removal Reverse the sequence exactly when removing the jumper cables. After starting the disabled vehicle and removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle for several minutes. 255 Towing the Vehicle Caution Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may cause damage. The damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not lash or hook to suspension components. Use the proper straps around the tires to secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies under any locked wheel/tire while loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling type lift to tow the vehicle. This could damage the vehicle. Caution Improper use of the tow eye can damage the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from a flat road surface, or to move the vehicle a short distance. Use caution and low speeds. The transmission must be in (N) Neutral when moving the vehicle. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 256 Vehicle Care GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to help reduce approach angles, if necessary. A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed. Front Attachment Point Caution Improper use of the tow eye can damage the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from a flat road surface, or to move the vehicle a short distance. Use caution and low speeds. The transmission must be in (N) Neutral when moving the vehicle. Front Tow Eye Install the tow eye into the socket by turning it clockwise until it stops. When the tow eye is removed, reinstall the cover with the notch in the original position. Recreational Vehicle Towing The vehicle is equipped with a specific attachment point to be used by the towing provider. This point may be used to pull the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the flatbed tow truck. If equipped, carefully open the cover by using the small notch that conceals the tow eye socket. Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as behind a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Here are some important things to consider: . Before towing the vehicle, become familiar with the local laws that apply to recreational vehicle towing. These laws may vary by region. . What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. . What is the distance that will be traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. . Is the proper towing equipment going to be used? See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations. . Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed. Caution Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only use one that attaches to the towing vehicle. Dinghy Towing 257 Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive Vehicles) Caution If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground, the drivetrain components could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. The vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground. All-wheel-drive vehicles must not be towed with two wheels on the ground. To properly tow these vehicles, they should be placed on a platform trailer with all four wheels off of the ground. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 258 Vehicle Care Dolly Towing (Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Only) Towing the Vehicle from the Rear Caution Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have the vehicle towed from the rear. Do not tow the vehicle from the rear. Appearance Care Exterior Care Locks To tow a front-wheel-drive vehicle from the front with two wheels on the ground: 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park). 3. Set the parking brake. 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing. 5. Turn the vehicle off. 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. 7. Release the parking brake. Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a de-icing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 275. Washing the Vehicle To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight. Caution Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, or abrasive cleaning agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Caution (Continued) or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product. Caution Avoid using high-pressure washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in damage or removal of paint and decals. If using an automatic car wash, follow the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, must be off. Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfere with the car wash equipment. Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and after, to remove all cleaning agents completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain. Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting. Cleaning Underhood Components Caution Do not power wash any component under the hood that has this e symbol. This could cause damage that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm underhood components. The usages of these chemicals should be avoided. Recommend water only. A pressure washer may be used, but care must be utilized. The following criteria must be followed: . Water pressure must be kept below 14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI). . Water temperature must be below 80 °C (180 °F). . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle spray pattern or wider must be used. . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) away from all surfaces. 259 Finish Care Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ wax materials is not recommended. If painted surfaces are damaged, see your dealer to have the damage assessed and repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing should be done to remove residue from the paint finish. See your dealer for approved cleaning products. Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. Caution Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damage it. Use only (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 260 Vehicle Care Caution (Continued) non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle. To keep the paint finish looking new, keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible. Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Caution Failure to clean and protect the bright metal moldings can result in a hazy white finish or pitting. This damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. The bright metal moldings on the vehicle are aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. To prevent damage always follow these cleaning instructions: . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch before applying any cleaning solution. . Use only approved cleaning solutions for aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain alkaline substances and can damage the moldings. . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner according to the manufacturer’s instructions. . Do not use cleaners that are not intended for automotive use. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle after washing to protect and extend the molding finish. . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers while the lamps are illuminated, due to excessive heat generated. Caution Failure to clean lamps properly can cause damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and Stripes Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing the Vehicle" previously in this section. Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some have a UV protective coating. Do not clean or wipe them when dry. Do not use any of the following on lamp covers: . Abrasive or caustic agents. . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations than suggested by the manufacturer. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh cleaners. . Ice scrapers or other hard items. Caution Using wax on low gloss black finish stripes can increase the gloss level and create a non-uniform finish. Clean low gloss stripes with soap and water only. Air Intakes Clear debris from the air intakes, between the hood and windshield, when washing the vehicle. Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking. Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice. Weatherstrips Apply weatherstrip lubricant on weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry climates may require more frequent application. Black marks from rubber material on painted surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 275. Tires Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean the tires. Caution (Continued) tire dressing, always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle. Wheels and Wheel Trim Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may then be applied. Caution Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium chloride or calcium chloride. These are used on roads for conditions such as dust and ice. Always wash the chrome with soap and water after exposure. Caution Using petroleum-based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a (Continued) Caution To avoid surface damage on wheels and wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, (Continued) 261 Caution (Continued) or brushes. Use only GM approved cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash that uses silicon carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Damage could occur and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Brake System Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. Inspect drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Components Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least once a year. Inspect power steering for proper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 262 Vehicle Care Visually check constant velocity joint boots and axle seals for leaks. Body Component Lubrication Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinges, unless the components are plastic. Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty. sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or permanent damage may result. Finish Damage Use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned to prevent permanent damage. Apply all cleaners directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any switches or controls. Remove cleaners quickly. Quickly repair minor chips and scratches with touch-up materials available from your dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer's body and paint shop. Underbody Maintenance Chemical Paint Spotting At least twice a year, spring and fall, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to thoroughly clean any areas where mud and other debris can collect. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and small, irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this section. Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced. Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection. Interior Care To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately remove any soils. Newspapers or dark garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s interior. Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from knobs and crevices on the instrument cluster. Using a mild soap solution, immediately remove hand lotions, Before using cleaners, read and follow all safety instructions on the label. While cleaning the interior, open the doors and windows to get proper ventilation. To prevent damage, do not clean the interior using the following cleaners or techniques: . Never use a razor or any other sharp object to remove soil from any interior surface. . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. . Never rub any surface aggressively or with too much pressure. . Do not use laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For liquid cleaners, use approximately 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. A concentrated soap solution will create Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care streaks and attract dirt. Do not use solutions that contain strong or caustic soap. . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery when cleaning. . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing solvents. Interior Glass To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water. Caution To prevent scratching, never use abrasive cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive cleaners or aggressive cleaning may damage the rear window defogger. Cleaning the windshield with water during the first three to six months of ownership will reduce tendency to fog. Speaker Covers Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean spots with water and mild soap. Coated Moldings Coated moldings should be cleaned. . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water. . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy water. Fabric/Carpet/Suede Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum brush attachment is being used, only use it on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove as much of the soil as possible: . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed. . For solid soils, remove as much as possible prior to vacuuming. To clean: 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth with water. Microfiber cloth is recommended to prevent lint transfer to the fabric or carpet. 2. Remove excess moisture by gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth. 263 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently to prevent forcing the soil in to the fabric. 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth. 5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only by plain water. If the soil is not completely removed, it may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden area for colorfastness before using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet. After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot excess moisture. Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that can scratch the surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 264 Vehicle Care or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. Caution Do not attach a device with a suction cup to the display. This may cause damage and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Caution Soaking or saturating leather, especially perforated leather, as well as other interior surfaces, may cause permanent damage. Wipe excess moisture from these surfaces after cleaning and allow (Continued) Caution (Continued) them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spot removers. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvents can permanently change the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim, and are not recommended. Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, especially on the instrument panel. Reflected glare can decrease visibility through the windshield under certain conditions. Caution Use of air fresheners may cause permanent damage to plastics and painted surfaces. If an air freshener comes in contact with any plastic or painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Damage caused by air fresheners would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Cargo Cover and Convenience Net If equipped, wash with warm water and mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water, and then dry completely. Care of Seat Belts Keep belts clean and dry. { Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry. Floor Mats { Warning If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not properly installed, it can interfere with the pedals. Interference with the pedals can cause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distance which can (Continued) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Vehicle Care Warning (Continued) The driver side floor mat is held in place by a button-type retainer. cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage. . The original equipment floor mats were designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor. . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. . Use only a single floor mat on the driver side. . Do not place one floor mat on top of another. 265 Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners) { Warning Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured. Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to unlock the retainers and remove. 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snap into position. 3. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap solution. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 266 Service and Maintenance Service and Maintenance General Information General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Special Application Services Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Additional Maintenance and Care Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . 272 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . 275 Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 276 Maintenance Records Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 General Information Your vehicle is an important investment. This section describes the required maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this schedule to help protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance. It may also help to maintain the value of the vehicle if it is sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to have all required maintenance performed. Your dealer has trained technicians who can perform required maintenance using genuine replacement parts. They have up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to assist with service needs. Your dealer recognizes the importance of providing competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained technicians, the dealer is the place for routine maintenance such as oil changes and tire rotations and additional maintenance items like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. Caution Damage caused by improper maintenance can lead to costly repairs and may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance intervals, checks, inspections, recommended fluids, and lubricants are important to keep the vehicle in good working condition. Do not have chemical flushes that are not approved by GM performed on the vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, cleaners, or lubricants that are not approved by GM could damage the vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that are not covered by the vehicle warranty. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition, improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Service and Maintenance Because of the way people use vehicles, maintenance needs vary. There may need to be more frequent checks and services. The Additional Required Services - Normal are for vehicles that: . Carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits. . Use the recommended fuel. See Recommended Fuel 0 196. Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Normal chart. The Additional Required Services - Severe are for vehicles that are: . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather. . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous terrain. . Frequently towing a trailer. . Used for high speed or competitive driving. . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service. Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Severe chart. { Warning Performing maintenance work can be dangerous and can cause serious injury. Perform maintenance work only if the required information, proper tools, and equipment are available. If they are not, see your dealer to have a trained technician do the work. See Doing Your Own Service Work 0 203. Maintenance Schedule Owner Checks and Services Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil 0 208. Once a Month . Check the tire inflation pressures. See Tire Pressure 0 238. . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire Inspection 0 242. . Check the windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid 0 216. 267 Engine Oil Change When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON DIC message displays, have the engine oil and filter changed within the next 1 000 km/ 600 mi. If driven under the best conditions, the engine oil life system may not indicate the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and the oil life system must be reset. Your trained dealer technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service. Reset the oil life system when the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life System 0 210. Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every Seven Years) The air conditioning system requires maintenance every seven years. This service requires replacement of the desiccant to help the longevity and efficient operation of the air conditioning system. This service can be complex. See your dealer. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 268 Service and Maintenance Tire Rotation and Required Services Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi Rotate the tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform the following services. See Tire Rotation 0 242. . Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and reset oil life system. See Engine Oil 0 208 and Engine Oil Life System 0 210. . Inspect the engine air cleaner filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 211. . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling System 0 212. . Check windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid 0 216. . Check tire inflation pressures. See Tire Pressure 0 238. . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection 0 242. . Visually check for fluid leaks. . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care 0 258. . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damage, including cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose or missing parts, or signs of wear at least once a year. See Exterior Care 0 258. . Inspect power steering for proper . . . . . . . attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually inspect halfshafts and drive shafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, and/or damage including: tube dents or cracks, constant velocity joint or universal joint looseness, cracked or missing boots, loose or missing boot clamps, center bearing excessive looseness, loose or missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks. Check restraint system components. See Safety System Check 0 37. Visually inspect fuel system for damage or leaks. Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for loose or damaged parts. Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care 0 258. Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check 0 220. Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 220. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. If the hold open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 222. . Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof 0 22. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i 4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i 60 000 km /37, 500 m i 72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i 84 000 km /52 , 500 m i 96 000 km /60, 000 m i 1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i 1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i 1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i 1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i 1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i 1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i 1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i 1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i 2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i 2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i 2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i 2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. 2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Normal 269 1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i Service and Maintenance @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ @ Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace front and rear wiper blades. (8) Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 270 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Normal (5) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 212. (1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment air filter replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels, or environmental allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter. (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every seven years. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 211. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced. (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See Brake Fluid 0 218. (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 220. (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 222. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 36 000 km /2 2 , 500 m i 4 8 000 km /30, 000 m i 60 000 km /37, 500 m i 72 000 km /4 5, 000 m i 84 000 km /52 , 500 m i 96 000 km /60, 000 m i 1 08 000 km /67, 500 m i 1 2 0 000 km /75, 000 m i 1 32 000 km /82 , 500 m i 1 4 4 000 km /90, 000 m i 1 56 000 km /97, 500 m i 1 68 000 km /1 05, 000 m i 1 80 000 km /1 1 2 , 500 m i 1 92 000 km /1 2 0, 000 m i 2 04 000 km /1 2 7, 500 m i 2 1 6 000 km /1 35, 000 m i 2 2 8 000 km /1 4 2 , 500 m i 2 4 0 000 km /1 50, 000 m i Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. 2 4 000 km /1 5, 000 m i Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Severe 271 1 2 000 km /7, 500 m i Service and Maintenance @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ @ Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace front and rear wiper blades. (8) Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 272 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Severe (5) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 212. (1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment air filter replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels, or environmental allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter. (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every seven years. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 211. Special Application Services (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced. (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See Brake Fluid 0 218. (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 220. (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 222. . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis components every oil change. . Have underbody flushing service performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" in Exterior Care 0 258. Additional Maintenance and Care Your vehicle is an important investment and caring for it properly may help to avoid future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle performance, additional maintenance services may be required. It is recommended that your dealer perform these services — their trained dealer technicians know your vehicle best. Your dealer can also perform a thorough assessment with a multi-point inspection to recommend when your vehicle may need attention. The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required. Battery The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the engine and operate any additional electrical accessories. . To avoid break-down or failure to start the vehicle, maintain a battery with full cranking power. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Service and Maintenance . Trained dealer technicians have the diagnostic equipment to test the battery and ensure that the connections and cables are corrosion-free. . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid . Signs of wear may include steering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longer stopping distance, or uneven tire wear. . As part of the multi-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually inspect the shocks and struts for signs of leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can advise when service is needed. Belts levels should be checked at every fuel fill. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. . Belts may need replacing if they squeak Hoses or show signs of cracking or splitting. . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment to inspect the belts and recommend adjustment or replacement when necessary. Hoses transport fluids and should be regularly inspected to ensure that there are no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses and advise if replacement is needed. Brakes Lamps Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to safe driving. . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty stopping. . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment to inspect the brakes and recommend quality parts engineered for the vehicle. Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and brake lamps are important to see and be seen on the road. . Signs that the headlamps need attention include dimming, failure to light, cracking, or damage. The brake lamps need to be checked periodically to ensure that they light when braking. . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can check the lamps and note any concerns. Fluids Proper fluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicle’s systems and components. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 275 for GM approved fluids. 273 Shocks and Struts Shocks and struts help aid in control for a smoother ride. Tires Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of tire failure. . Signs that the tires need to be replaced include three or more visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the right tires. Your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing services to ensure smooth vehicle operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 274 Service and Maintenance Vehicle Care Wiper Blades To help keep the vehicle looking like new, vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For information on how to clean and protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, see Interior Care 0 262 and Exterior Care 0 258. Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in good condition to provide a clear view. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping across the windshield, and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can check the wiper blades and replace them when needed. Wheel Alignment Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. Windshield For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Service and Maintenance 275 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Automatic Transmission Fluid/Lubricant DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 212. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 208. Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Latch, Pivots, Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl or GC-LB. Hydraulic Brake System Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Hinges Windshield Washer DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 276 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Maintenance Replacement Parts Part Engine Air Cleaner/Filter GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number 95021102 A3184C 55594651/25195785 PF2257G/PF2263G 12696048 PF64 13271190 CF181 55576026 41-121 12683541 41-156 94531969 — 95915127 — Engine Oil Filter I1.4L L4 Engine (LUV)(1) I1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) Passenger Compartment Air Filter Spark Plugs I1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) I1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) Wiper Blades IDriver Side – 65.0 cm (26 in) Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Replacement Parts (cont'd) Part IPassenger Side – 38.0 cm (15 in) GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number 95915137 — IRear – 26.5 cm (10 in) Footnote: (1) The Hengst oil filter (55594651/PF2257G) and the UFI oil filter (25195785/PF2263G) are not interchangeable. 277 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 278 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Technical Data 279 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) There may be a large barcode on the certification label on the center pillar that you can scan for the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . Model designation . Paint information . Production options Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 279 Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 280 Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 This legal identifier is in the front corner of the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 280 for the vehicle's engine code. If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on a label inside the glove box. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 280 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 275 for more information. Application Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacities Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 7.3 L 7.7 qt Engine Oil with Filter 4.0 L 4.2 qt Fuel Tank 53 L 14 gal 140 Y 100 lb ft 0.35 L 0.36 qt Wheel Nut Torque Transfer Case All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Technical Data Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) B Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in) 1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) M Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. Engine Drive Belt Routing 1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) 1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) 281 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 282 Customer Information Customer Information Customer Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . 282 Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 285 Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 287 Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 287 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 289 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 292 292 293 293 Customer Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Buick. Normally, any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by your dealer's sales or service departments. Sometimes, however, despite the best intentions of all concerned, misunderstandings can occur. If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction, the following steps should be taken: STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager. STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Customer Information We encourage you to call the toll-free number in order to give the inquiry prompt attention. Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance representative: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is available from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield. . Dealership name and location. . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. When contacting Buick, remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is why we suggest following Step One first. STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with the new vehicle. However, if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, you can file with the Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line ® Program to enforce your rights. The BBB Auto Line Program is an out-of-court program administered by BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days. If you do not agree with the decision given in your case, you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you. You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll-free telephone number or write them at the following address: BBB Auto Line Program BBB National Programs, Inc. 3033 Wilson Boulevard Suite 600 Arlington, VA 22201 Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 http://www.bbb.org/council/ programs-services/ dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program. 283 STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada Company wants you to be aware of its participation in a no-charge Mediation/Arbitration program. General Motors of Canada Company has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory-related vehicle service claims. The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter, and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter. The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process, from the time you file your complaint to the final decision, should be completed in about 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 284 Customer Information For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: Mediation/Arbitration Program c/o Customer Care Centre General Motors of Canada Company Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 The inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Customer Assistance Offices Buick encourages customers to call the toll-free number for assistance. However, if a customer wishes to write or e-mail Buick, the letter should be addressed to: United States and Puerto Rico Buick Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33136 Detroit, MI 48232-5136 www.Buick.com Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users From U.S. Virgin Islands: To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with Buick by dialing: 1-800-832-8425. TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. 1-800-496-9994 Online Owner Center Canada The Buick Owner Center (U.S.) my.buick.com 1-800-521-7300 1-800-832-8425 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-252-1112 General Motors of Canada Company Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.gm.ca Learn more about your vehicle features, shop for and manage your connected services and OnStar plans, and access diagnostic information specific to your vehicle. 1-800-263-3777 (English) 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 Membership Benefits All Overseas Locations Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule service appointments. Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit. E : Download owner’s manuals and view vehicle-specific how-to videos. G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Customer Information I : View service records from your dealership and add your own. GM Mobility Reimbursement Program D : Select a dealer and view locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours. information. information. View your GM Rewards Card earnings and My Buick Rewards points. F : Chat with online help representatives. Visit my.buick.com and create an account today. Buick Owner Centre (Canada) mybuick.ca Visit the Buick Owner Centre at mybuick.ca (English) or my.buick.ca (French) to access similar benefits to the U.S. site. For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. J : View active recalls by Vehicle H : Manage your profile and payment Roadside Assistance Program For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-268-6800. r : Track your vehicle’s warranty Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 279. 285 This program is available to qualified applicants for cost reimbursement, up to certain limits, of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ scooter lift for the vehicle. To learn about the GM Mobility program, see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935. General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. Calling for Assistance When calling Roadside Assistance, have the following information ready: . Your name, home address, and home telephone number . Telephone number of your location . Location of the vehicle . Model, year, color, and license plate number of the vehicle . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and delivery date of the vehicle . Description of the problem Coverage Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle’s powertrain warranty. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 286 Customer Information In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered. Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors North America and Buick reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification. General Motors North America and Buick reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often, or the same type of claim is made many times. Services Provided . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station. . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out. A remote unlock may be available if you have OnStar. For security reasons, the driver must present identification before this service is given. . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or Highway: Tow to the nearest Buick dealer for warranty service, or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is not given when the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, or snow. . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, if equipped, must be in good condition and properly inflated. It is the owner's responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty. . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty event, incidental expenses may be reimbursed within the Powertrain warranty period. Items considered are reasonable and customary hotel, meals, rental car, or a vehicle being delivered back to the customer, up to 500 miles. Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance . Impound towing caused by violation of any laws. . Legal fines. . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of snow tires, chains, or other traction devices. Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an area that is not accessible to the service vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or maintained public road, which includes ice and winter roads. Off-road use is not covered. Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased Vehicles . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7 liters. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is required. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: Must be over 150 km from where your trip was started to qualify. Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders are required. Once authorization has been received, the Roadside Assistance advisor will help you make arrangements and explain how to receive payment. . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot be provided right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give permission to get local emergency road service. You will receive payment, up to $100, after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures may be Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Customer Information covered, however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility. Scheduling Service Appointments When the vehicle requires warranty service, contact your dealer and request an appointment. By scheduling a service appointment and advising the service consultant of your transportation needs, your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience. If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately, keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is safety related. If it is, please call your dealership, let them know this, and ask for instructions. If your dealer requests you to bring the vehicle for service, you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for same-day repair. Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada), extended powertrain, and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the U.S. and Canada. Several Courtesy Transportation options are available to assist in reducing inconvenience when warranty repairs are required. Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate manual entitled “Limited Warranty and Owner Assistance Information” furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information. Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, if you are unable to do so, your dealer may offer the following transportation options: Shuttle Service This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of your dealer's area. Courtesy Transportation Program Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement To enhance your ownership experience, we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer support program for vehicles with the If overnight warranty repairs are needed, and public transportation is used, the expense must be supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount 287 allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange their own transportation, limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available. Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for information. Courtesy Rental Vehicle For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer may provide an available courtesy rental vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and must be supported by original receipts as well as a signed and completed rental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicle provider requirements. Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements, insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair are also your responsibility. It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 288 Customer Information Additional Program Information All program options, such as shuttle service, may not be available at every dealer. Contact your dealer for specific availability. General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion. Collision Damage Repair If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged, have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish the vehicle resale value, and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions. Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was originally built. Genuine GM Collision parts are the best choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed appearance, durability, and safety are preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair. These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle's originally designed appearance and safety performance; however, the history of these parts is not known. Such parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty. Aftermarket collision parts are also available. These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for the vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit poorly, exhibit premature durability/ corrosion problems, and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions. Aftermarket parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any vehicle failure related to such parts is not covered by that warranty. Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs. Your dealer may have a collision repair center with GM-trained technicians and state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM-trained technicians and comparable equipment. Insuring the Vehicle Protect your investment in the GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage. There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms. Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to the GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs through the use of aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts. When purchasing insurance, we recommend that you ensure that the vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts. If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Customer Information If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company may require you to have insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. Read the lease carefully, as you may be charged at the end of the lease for poor quality repairs. If a Crash Occurs If there has been an injury, call emergency services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of. Move the vehicle only if its position puts you in danger, or you are instructed to move it by a police officer. Give only the necessary information to police and other parties involved in the crash. For emergency towing see Roadside Assistance Program 0 285. Gather the following information: . Driver name, address, and telephone number . Driver license number . Owner name, address, and telephone number . Vehicle license plate number . . . . Vehicle make, model, and model year Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Insurance company and policy number General description of the damage to the other vehicle Choose a reputable repair facility that uses quality replacement parts. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this section. If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 42. Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that the vehicle requires damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have a pre-determined repair facility of choice, take the vehicle there, or have it towed there. Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be covered by the GM vehicle warranty. Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but you must live with the repair. Depending on your policy limits, your insurance company may initially value the repair using 289 aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, and insist on Genuine GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is leased, you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost. If another party's insurance company is paying for the repairs, you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company's collision policy repair limits, as you have no contractual limits with that company. In such cases, you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as the cost stays within reasonable limits. Publication Ordering Information Service Manuals Service manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on the engine, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical system, steering system, body, etc. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 290 Customer Information Customer Literature Radio Frequency Statement Reporting Safety Defects Owner’s manuals are written specifically for owners and are intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle. The owner’s manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models. This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters / receivers / systems that operate on a radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ Part 18 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, Science and Economic Development (ISED) Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / ICES-GEN. Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Customer literature publications available for purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an owner’s manual, warranty manual, if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. Current and Past Models Service manuals and customer literature are available for many current and past model year GM vehicles. To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time For credit card orders only (VISA, MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. To order by mail, write to: Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, MI 48170 Make checks payable in U.S. funds. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. The device may not cause harmful interference. 2. The device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Motors. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Customer Information To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Washington, D.C. 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. 291 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety defect, notify Transport Canada immediately, and notify General Motors of Canada Company. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0510; go to: In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, notify General Motors. www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) or write to: Transport Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate Defect Investigations and Recalls Division 80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 In the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300, or write: Buick Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33136 Detroit, MI 48232–5136 In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: General Motors of Canada Company Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 In Mexico, call 800-200-28425 or 800-466-0818. In other Central America and Caribbean Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 292 Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy The vehicle has a number of computers that record information about the vehicle’s performance and how it is driven or used. For example, the vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance, to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle. These modules may store data to help the dealer technician service the vehicle or to help GM improve safety or features. Some modules may also store data about how the vehicle is operated, such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may retain personal preferences, such as radio presets, seat positions, and temperature settings. Cybersecurity GM collects information about the use of your vehicle including operational and safety related information. We collect this information to provide, evaluate, improve, and troubleshoot our products and services and to develop new products and services. The protection of vehicle electronics systems and customer data from unauthorized outside electronic access or control is important to GM. GM maintains appropriate security standards, practices, guidelines and controls aimed at defending the vehicle and the vehicle service ecosystem against unauthorized electronic access, detecting possible malicious activity in related networks, and responding to suspected cybersecurity incidents in a timely, coordinated and effective manner. Security incidents could impact your safety or compromise your private data. To minimize security risks, please do not connect your vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized devices or connect your vehicle to any unknown or untrusted networks (such as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In the event you suspect any security incident impacting your data or the safe operation of your vehicle, please stop operating your vehicle and contact your dealer. Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: . How various systems in your vehicle were operating; . Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; . How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, . How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. Note EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Customer Information data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. GM will not access these data or share it with others except: with the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through the discovery process; or, as required by law. Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes, where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner. OnStar If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 295. Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment section for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. 293 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 294 OnStar OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: . Solid Green: System is ready. . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. . Off: System is off. Press Q twice to speak with an OnStar Advisor. = Voice Command Button Q Blue OnStar Button > Red Emergency Button Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Overview OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 OnStar Services Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 OnStar Additional Information OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . 295 This vehicle may be equipped with a comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and electrical system, cellular service, and GPS satellite signals to be available and operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect information about you and your vehicle, including location information. See OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms for more details including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Functionality of the Voice Command button may vary by vehicle and region. Press = to: . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment display. See OnStar System (8 Inch Screen) 0 118 or OnStar System (7 Inch Screen) 0 148 for information on how to use the OnStar app. Or . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice commands. . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot name or SSID and password, if equipped. Press Q to connect to an Advisor to: . Verify account information or update contact information. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 OnStar . Get driving directions. . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's key operating systems. . Receive Roadside Assistance. . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. Press > to get a priority connection to an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: . Get help for an emergency. . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an AMBER Alert. . Get assistance in severe weather or other crisis situations and find evacuation routes. OnStar Services Emergency Emergency Services require an active safety and security plan. With Automatic Crash Response, built-in sensors can automatically alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who is immediately connected in to the vehicle to help. Press > for a priority connection to an OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact location, and relay important information. With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, assistance, and information during a crisis. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can locate a nearby service provider to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank. Security If equipped, OnStar provides these services: . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the vehicle and help authorities quickly recover it. . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, OnStar can block the engine from being restarted. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, if equipped, OnStar can work with law enforcement to gradually slow the vehicle down. 295 Theft Alarm Notification If equipped, if the doors are locked and the vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work with authorities to recover the vehicle. OnStar Additional Information In-Vehicle Audio Messages Audio messages may play important information at the following times: . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set up an account. . After change in ownership and at 90 days. Transferring Service Press Q to request account transfer eligibility information. The Advisor can cancel or change account information. Selling/Transferring the Vehicle Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 296 OnStar Reactivation for Subsequent Owners Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor will update vehicle records and explain OnStar or connected service options. How OnStar Service Works Automatic Crash Response, Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside Assistance are available on most vehicles. Not all OnStar services are available everywhere or on all vehicles. For more information, a full description of OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms: . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. OnStar or connected services cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area. The wireless service provider must also have coverage, network capacity, reception, and technology compatible with OnStar or connected services. Service involving location information about the vehicle cannot work unless GPS signals are available, unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected services may not work if the OnStar equipment is not properly installed or it has not been properly maintained. If equipment or software is added, connected, or modified, OnStar or connected services may not work. Other problems beyond the control of OnStar — such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system design and architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone network congestion or jamming — may prevent service. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 290. Services for People with Disabilities Advisors provide services to help with physical disabilities and medical conditions. Press Q to help: . Locate a gas station with an attendant to pump gas. . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets accessibility needs. . Provide directions to the closest hospital or pharmacy in urgent situations. TTY Users OnStar has the ability to communicate to deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired customers while in the vehicle. The available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation. If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or off by touching Settings, then Apps, and then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone calls can be made or received with OnStar using the infotainment display. OnStar Personal Identification Number (PIN) A PIN is needed to access some OnStar services. The PIN will need to be changed the first time when speaking with an Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. Warranty OnStar equipment may be warranted as part of the vehicle warranty. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 OnStar Languages The vehicle can be programmed to respond in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, Spanish, and French. Available languages may vary by country. Potential Issues OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle has been off continuously for 10 days without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has not been started for 10 days, OnStar can contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access to the vehicle. Global Positioning System (GPS) . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a large city with tall buildings; in parking garages; around airports; in tunnels and underpasses; or in an area with very dense trees. If GPS signals are not available, the OnStar system should still operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar could have difficulty identifying the exact location. . In emergency situations, OnStar can use the last stored GPS location to send to emergency responders. A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The Advisor may give a verbal route or may ask for a call back after the vehicle is driven into an open area. Cellular and GPS Antennas Cellular reception is required for OnStar to send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not place items over or near the antenna to prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal reception. Unable to Connect to OnStar Message If there is limited cellular coverage or the cellular network has reached maximum capacity, this message may come on. Press Q to try the call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area. Vehicle and Power Issues OnStar services require a vehicle electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected. 297 Add-on Electrical Equipment The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not add any electrical equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 200. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate. Vehicle Software Updates OnStar or GM may remotely deliver software updates or changes to the vehicle without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or maintain safety, security, or the operation of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Software updates or changes may affect or erase data or settings that are stored in the vehicle, such as saved navigation destinations or pre-set radio stations. Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for any affected or erased data or settings. These updates or changes may also collect personal information. Such collection is described in the OnStar privacy statement or separately disclosed at the time of installation. These updates or changes may also cause a system to automatically communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 298 OnStar identify whether updates or changes are available, or deliver updates or changes. An active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to these software updates or changes and agreement that either OnStar or GM may remotely deliver them to the vehicle. Privacy The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. OnStar - Software Acknowledgements To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http:// opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information. *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is solely responsible for provisions of related OSS compliance. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Connected Services Connected Services Connected Services Connected Services Navigation Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 299 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: “Do you want to cancel directions?” 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation requires a specific OnStar or connected service plan. Route Preview Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions or have them sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 2. Request directions to be downloaded to the vehicle. 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. Using Voice Commands During a Planned Route Functionality of the Voice Command button, if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. For some vehicles, press = to open the OnStar app on the infotainment display. For other vehicles press = as follows. Cancel Route 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Repeat 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the last direction given, then responds with “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Get My Destination 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 2. Say “Get my destination.” System responds with the address and distance to the destination, then responds with “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Send Destination to Vehicle Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 300 Connected Services Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, if equipped. After the call ends, the navigation screen will provide prompts to begin driving directions. Routes that are sent to the navigation screen can only be canceled through the navigation system. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Connections The following services help with staying connected. For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Ensuring Security . Change the default passwords for the Wi-Fi hotspot and myBuick mobile application. Make these passwords different from each other and use a combination of letters and numbers to increase the security. . Change the default name of the SSID (Service Set Identifier). This is your network’s name that is visible to other wireless devices. Choose a unique name and avoid family names or vehicle descriptions. Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access to the Internet and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile devices can be connected. A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle controls only when it is safe to do so. 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, press = to open the OnStar app on the infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), password, and on some vehicles, the connection type (no Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is possible that the icon may not illuminate even though the vehicle has an active connection. 3. To change the SSID or password, press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the SSID and password can be changed in the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your mobile devices. Manage data usage by turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile device, by using the myBuick mobile app, or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. MyBuick Mobile App (If Available) Download the myBuick mobile app to compatible Apple and Android smartphones. Buick users can access the following services from a smartphone: . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, if factory-equipped. . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with automatic locks. . Activate the horn and lamps. . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System. . Send destinations to the vehicle. . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. market only). . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, manage settings, and monitor data consumption, if equipped. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Connected Services . Request Roadside Assistance. . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a timer. . Connect with Buick on social media. Features are subject to change. For myBuick mobile app information and compatibility, see my.buick.com. An active OnStar or connected service plan may be required. A compatible device, factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. Diagnostics By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle’s key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Features are subject to change. For updates on feature capabilities, see my.buick.com. Message and data rates may apply. 301 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 302 Index Index A About Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Additional Information OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . 272 Adjustments Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Agreements Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . .161 Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 42 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 42 What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 41 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Airbags Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 47 Airbags (cont'd) Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 47 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Alarm Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Alert Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 219 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 141 Antenna Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 144 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Appearance Care Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . 128, 153 Armrest Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Audio Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 147 Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Index Automatic (cont'd) Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Automatic Transmission Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Shift Lock Control Function Check . . . . . . 220 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 147 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 144 B Battery Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 102 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 253 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Bluetooth Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 126, 149 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 147 Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Bulb Replacement Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . 224 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 C Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 219, 253, Back Cover Camera Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Carbon Monoxide Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 303 Carbon Monoxide (cont'd) Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Check Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 81 Child Restraints Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 64 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Cleaning Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 304 Index Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Compartments Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Connected Services Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Connections Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Control Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 185 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Controls Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 139 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Coolant Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . 287 Cover Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Covers Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Cruise Control (cont'd) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Customer Information Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 289 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 282 Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 D Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Data Collection Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Diagnostics Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Door (cont'd) Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 Drive Systems All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 219 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Driving Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 E Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Electrical System Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 227 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Index Electrical System (cont'd) Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 231 Emergency OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 81 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . 102 F Filter, Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Fluid Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 192 Frequency Statement Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Front Seats Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 200 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 198 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Fuel (cont'd) Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 305 196 196 196 227 226 230 231 G Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Gauges Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 75 General Information Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 306 Index H I Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Headlamps Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . 98 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Heater Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . .33 HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Indicator Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 50 Information Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Instrument Panel Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 104, 136 J Jack Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 147 Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . 253 K Keyless Entry Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 L Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Lamps Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . 102 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Malfunction Indicator (Check Engine) . . . 81 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . 195 Lane Departure Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 LATCH System Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 61 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Lighting Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Lights Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Index Lights (cont'd) Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Check Engine (Malfunction Indicator) . . . 81 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Locks Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 M Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Maintenance and Care Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Media Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . 113, 144 Messages Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Messaging Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . 20 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 307 Mirrors (cont'd) Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 144 N Navigation Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 O Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Oil Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . 295 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 308 Index OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 148 Outlets Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 138 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 P Park Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . 80 Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . .161 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Perchlorate Materials Requirements, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Personalization Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 94 Phone Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 153 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 126, 149 Port USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 144 Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Program Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Proposition 65 Warning, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202, 219, 253, Back Cover Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 289 R Radio AM-FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Radio (cont'd) HD Radio Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 143 Radios AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Recognition Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 275 Records Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Reimbursement Program, GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . .7 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Index Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Replacement Parts Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Restraints Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . .178 Roads Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Roof Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . . 181 S Safety Defects Reporting Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 143 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 33 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Seats Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 64 309 Security OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 202 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 266 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Services Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 154 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Sidemarker Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Spare Tire Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 310 Index Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . .106, 139 Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Storage Areas Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Cargo Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Struts Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 System Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Systems Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 T Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Taillamps Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Tires (cont'd) Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 245 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 247 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 243 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Towing General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . .132 Transmission Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-14607636) 2021 - CRC - 8/18/20 Index Transmission (cont'd) Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . 287 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Turn Signal Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 U Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Updates Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 144 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106, 139 Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 V Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 94 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Vehicle (cont'd) Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Vehicle Care Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . 292 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 W Warning Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Warnings Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 311 Windows (cont'd) Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Winter Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Wipers Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 21_BUI_Encore_COV_en_US_84709979B_2020SEPT3.pdf 1 8/7/2020 4:20:24 PM C M Y CM MY CY CMY K